You are viewing a plain text version of this content. The canonical link for it is here.
Posted to commits@openoffice.apache.org by ms...@apache.org on 2023/12/25 21:07:01 UTC
(openoffice) branch AOO42X updated (3d4e38430c -> bc4ff2acb5)
This is an automated email from the ASF dual-hosted git repository.
mseidel pushed a change to branch AOO42X
in repository https://gitbox.apache.org/repos/asf/openoffice.git
from 3d4e38430c Update main0108.xhp (#195)
new 55a0447bf8 Small changes for cherry-pick
new bc4ff2acb5 Cleaning up Help files (work in progress)
The 2 revisions listed above as "new" are entirely new to this
repository and will be described in separate emails. The revisions
listed as "add" were already present in the repository and have only
been added to this reference.
Summary of changes:
.../source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp | 2 -
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp | 15 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp | 242 ++++++------
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp | 15 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp | 16 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp | 13 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp | 13 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp | 16 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp | 13 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp | 12 +-
.../source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp | 75 ++--
.../source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_grouping.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp | 72 ++--
.../source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp | 54 ++-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp | 64 ++-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp | 130 +++----
.../source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp | 21 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp | 42 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp | 428 ++++++++++-----------
.../source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp | 19 +-
.../source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp | 29 +-
.../source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp | 21 +-
.../source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp | 192 +++++----
.../source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp | 130 +++----
.../source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp | 11 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp | 16 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp | 98 ++---
.../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp | 40 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp | 50 +--
.../source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp | 15 +-
main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/stars.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp | 15 +-
.../shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp | 15 +-
.../shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp | 15 +-
.../shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp | 124 +++---
.../source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp | 121 +++---
.../source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp | 68 ++--
.../source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp | 23 +-
.../text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp | 107 +++---
.../source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp | 80 ++--
.../source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp | 21 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp | 156 ++++----
.../source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp | 19 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/guide/mobiledevicefilters.xhp | 19 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp | 56 ++-
.../text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp | 128 +++---
.../source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp | 70 ++--
.../source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp | 242 ++++++------
.../text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp | 94 ++---
main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp | 17 +-
.../source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/simpress/01/effectoptionseffect.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/simpress/01/effectoptionstiming.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp | 152 ++++----
.../source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp | 17 +-
.../source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp | 17 +-
.../text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp | 19 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp | 59 +--
main/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp | 17 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp | 17 +-
.../text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp | 13 +-
.../source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp | 69 ++--
.../text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp | 2 +-
.../source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp | 21 +-
88 files changed, 1765 insertions(+), 2327 deletions(-)
(openoffice) 02/02: Cleaning up Help files (work in progress)
Posted by ms...@apache.org.
This is an automated email from the ASF dual-hosted git repository.
mseidel pushed a commit to branch AOO42X
in repository https://gitbox.apache.org/repos/asf/openoffice.git
commit bc4ff2acb5dc078402e25f0ae5879e9db6e5cf28
Author: mseidel <ms...@apache.org>
AuthorDate: Mon Dec 25 21:50:54 2023 +0100
Cleaning up Help files (work in progress)
(cherry picked from commit 8e9b354db194089eefda0c2e615ab9aaa8e92b16)
---
.../source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp | 2 -
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp | 15 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp | 240 ++++++------
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp | 15 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp | 16 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp | 13 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp | 13 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp | 16 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp | 13 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp | 12 +-
.../source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp | 75 ++--
.../source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_grouping.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp | 72 ++--
.../source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp | 54 ++-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp | 64 ++-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp | 130 +++----
.../source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp | 21 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp | 42 +-
.../source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp | 428 ++++++++++-----------
.../source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp | 19 +-
.../source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp | 29 +-
.../source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp | 21 +-
.../source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp | 192 +++++----
.../source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp | 130 +++----
.../source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp | 11 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp | 16 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp | 98 ++---
.../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp | 40 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp | 50 +--
.../source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp | 15 +-
main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/stars.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp | 15 +-
.../shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp | 15 +-
.../shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp | 15 +-
.../shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp | 124 +++---
.../source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp | 121 +++---
.../source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp | 68 ++--
.../source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp | 23 +-
.../text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp | 107 +++---
.../source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp | 80 ++--
.../source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp | 21 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp | 156 ++++----
.../source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp | 19 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/guide/mobiledevicefilters.xhp | 19 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp | 56 ++-
.../text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp | 128 +++---
.../source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp | 70 ++--
.../source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp | 242 ++++++------
.../text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp | 94 ++---
main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp | 17 +-
.../source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/simpress/01/effectoptionseffect.xhp | 15 +-
.../text/simpress/01/effectoptionstiming.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp | 152 ++++----
.../source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp | 17 +-
.../source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp | 17 +-
.../text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp | 19 +-
.../helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp | 59 +--
main/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp | 17 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp | 17 +-
.../text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp | 15 +-
.../source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp | 13 +-
.../source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp | 69 ++--
.../source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp | 21 +-
87 files changed, 1763 insertions(+), 2325 deletions(-)
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp
index 701221e96a..67e7b7d6dc 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp
@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@
*
***********************************************************-->
-
-
<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsbasicguidetranslationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp
index be589f0bdc..94df1d440c 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc0104060000xml" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Function Wizard</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp
index 145f541d5c..c546ff39d9 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,173 +9,170 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
- <topic id="textscalc0104060105xml" indexer="include">
- <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Logical Functions</title>
- <filename>/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp</filename>
- </topic>
- </meta>
- <body>
+<topic id="textscalc0104060105xml" indexer="include">
+<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Logical Functions</title>
+<filename>/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+</meta>
+<body>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153484"><bookmark_value>logical functions</bookmark_value>
- <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; logical</bookmark_value>
- <bookmark_value>functions; logical functions</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Function Wizard; logical</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>functions; logical functions</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153484" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1">Logical Functions</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149312" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="logischtext">This category contains the <emph>Logical</emph> functions.
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149312" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="logischtext">This category contains the <emph>Logical</emph> functions.
</variable></paragraph>
- <section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#eikalo"/>
- </section>
+<section id="howtoget">
+<embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#eikalo"/>
+</section>
<sort order="asc">
<section id="Section6">
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147505"><bookmark_value>AND function</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_FUNC_UND" id="bm_id3145320" localize="false"/>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147505" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U"
- oldref="29">AND</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153959" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UND">Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.</ahelp> If one of the elements is FALSE, this function returns the FALSE value.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146100" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="66">The arguments are either logical expressions themselves (TRUE, 1<5, 2+3=7, B8<10) that return logical values, or arrays (A1:C3) containing logical values.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150538" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="67">When a function expects a single value, but you entered a cell range, then the value from the cell range is taken that is in the same column or row as the formula.<comment>UFI: fixed #i18547#</comment></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149128" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="68">If the entered range is outside of the current column or row of the formula, the function returns the error value #VALUE!</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150374" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="31">Syntax</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159123" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="32">AND(LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30)</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150038" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">
- <emph>LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30</emph> are conditions to be checked. All conditions can be either TRUE or FALSE. If a range is entered as a parameter, the function uses the value from the range that is in the current column or row. The result is TRUE if the logical value in all cells within the cell range is TRUE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149143" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="34">Example</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153123" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35">The logical values of entries 12<13; 14>12, and 7<6 are to be checked:</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145632" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="36">
- <item type="input">=AND(12<13;14>12;7<6)</item> returns FALSE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149946" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="60">
- <item type="input">=AND (FALSE;TRUE)</item> returns FALSE.</paragraph>
- </section>
+oldref="29">AND</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153959" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UND">Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.</ahelp> If one of the elements is FALSE, this function returns the FALSE value.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146100" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="66">The arguments are either logical expressions themselves (TRUE, 1<5, 2+3=7, B8<10) that return logical values, or arrays (A1:C3) containing logical values.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150538" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="67">When a function expects a single value, but you entered a cell range, then the value from the cell range is taken that is in the same column or row as the formula.<comment>UFI: fixed #i18547#</comment></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149128" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="68">If the entered range is outside of the current column or row of the formula, the function returns the error value #VALUE!</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150374" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="31">Syntax</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159123" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="32">AND(LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30)</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150038" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">
+<emph>LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30</emph> are conditions to be checked. All conditions can be either TRUE or FALSE. If a range is entered as a parameter, the function uses the value from the range that is in the current column or row. The result is TRUE if the logical value in all cells within the cell range is TRUE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149143" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="34">Example</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153123" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35">The logical values of entries 12<13; 14>12, and 7<6 are to be checked:</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145632" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="36">
+<item type="input">=AND(12<13;14>12;7<6)</item> returns FALSE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149946" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="60">
+<item type="input">=AND (FALSE;TRUE)</item> returns FALSE.</paragraph>
+</section>
<section id="Section1">
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156256"><bookmark_value>TRUE function</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_FUNC_WAHR" id="bm_id3148426" localize="false"/>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156256" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U"
- oldref="38">TRUE</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155985" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="39"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHR">The logical value is set to TRUE.</ahelp> The TRUE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value TRUE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153717" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="40">Syntax</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152590" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="41">TRUE()</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147175" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="42">Example</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146148" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="43">If A=TRUE and B=FALSE the following examples appear:</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083285" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="44">
- <item type="input">=AND(A;B)</item> returns FALSE</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083444" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45">
- <item type="input">=OR(A;B)</item> returns TRUE</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154314" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46">
- <item type="input">=NOT(AND(A;B))</item> returns TRUE</paragraph>
+oldref="38">TRUE</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155985" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="39"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHR">The logical value is set to TRUE.</ahelp> The TRUE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value TRUE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153717" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="40">Syntax</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152590" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="41">TRUE()</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147175" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="42">Example</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146148" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="43">If A=TRUE and B=FALSE the following examples appear:</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083285" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="44">
+<item type="input">=AND(A;B)</item> returns FALSE</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083444" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45">
+<item type="input">=OR(A;B)</item> returns TRUE</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154314" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46">
+<item type="input">=NOT(AND(A;B))</item> returns TRUE</paragraph>
</section>
<section id="Section5">
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149015"><bookmark_value>FALSE function</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_FUNC_FALSCH" id="bm_id3154678" localize="false"/>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149015" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">FALSE</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149890" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FALSCH">Returns the logical value FALSE.</ahelp> The FALSE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value FALSE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146939" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="5">Syntax</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150030" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="6">FALSE()</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150697" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="7">Example</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154842" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">
- <item type="input">=FALSE()</item> returns FALSE</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147468" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">
- <item type="input">=NOT(FALSE())</item> returns TRUE</paragraph>
- </section>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149890" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FALSCH">Returns the logical value FALSE.</ahelp> The FALSE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value FALSE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146939" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="5">Syntax</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150030" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="6">FALSE()</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150697" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="7">Example</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154842" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">
+<item type="input">=FALSE()</item> returns FALSE</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147468" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">
+<item type="input">=NOT(FALSE())</item> returns TRUE</paragraph>
+</section>
<section id="Section4">
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150141"><bookmark_value>IF function</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_FUNC_WENN" id="bm_id3152789" localize="false"/>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150141" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U"
- oldref="48">IF</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148740" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="49"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WENN">Specifies a logical test to be performed.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153325" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="50">Syntax</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154558" role="code" l10n="CHG" oldref="51">IF(Test; ThenValue; OtherwiseValue)</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149727" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="52">
- <emph>Test</emph> is any value or expression that can be TRUE or FALSE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155828" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="53">
- <emph>ThenValue</emph> (optional) is the value that is returned if the logical test is TRUE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154811" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="54">
- <emph>OtherwiseValue</emph> (optional) is the value that is returned if the logical test is FALSE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107FA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">
- <embedvar href="text/scalc/00/00000004.xhp#optional"/>
- </paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149507" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="55">Examples</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150867" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="57">
- <item type="input">=IF(A1>5;100;"too small")</item> If the value in A1 is higher than 5, the value 100 is entered in the current cell; otherwise, the text “too small” (without quotes) is entered.</paragraph>
- </section>
+oldref="48">IF</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148740" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="49"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WENN">Specifies a logical test to be performed.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153325" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="50">Syntax</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154558" role="code" l10n="CHG" oldref="51">IF(Test; ThenValue; OtherwiseValue)</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149727" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="52">
+<emph>Test</emph> is any value or expression that can be TRUE or FALSE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155828" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="53">
+<emph>ThenValue</emph> (optional) is the value that is returned if the logical test is TRUE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154811" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="54">
+<emph>OtherwiseValue</emph> (optional) is the value that is returned if the logical test is FALSE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107FA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">
+<embedvar href="text/scalc/00/00000004.xhp#optional"/>
+</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149507" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="55">Examples</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150867" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="57">
+<item type="input">=IF(A1>5;100;"too small")</item> If the value in A1 is higher than 5, the value 100 is entered in the current cell; otherwise, the text “too small” (without quotes) is entered.</paragraph>
+</section>
<section id="Section3">
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155954"><bookmark_value>NOT function</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_FUNC_NICHT" id="bm_id3145168" localize="false"/>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155954" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U"
- oldref="12">NOT</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153570" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="13"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NICHT">Complements (inverts) a logical value.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147372" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="14">Syntax</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157996" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="15">NOT(LogicalValue)</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148766" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">
- <emph>LogicalValue</emph> is any value to be complemented.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149884" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="17">Example</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150132" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">
- <item type="input">=NOT(A)</item>. If A=TRUE then NOT(A) will evaluate FALSE.</paragraph>
- </section>
+oldref="12">NOT</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153570" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="13"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NICHT">Complements (inverts) a logical value.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147372" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="14">Syntax</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157996" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="15">NOT(LogicalValue)</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148766" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">
+<emph>LogicalValue</emph> is any value to be complemented.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149884" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="17">Example</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150132" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">
+<item type="input">=NOT(A)</item>. If A=TRUE then NOT(A) will evaluate FALSE.</paragraph>
+</section>
<section id="Section2">
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148394"><bookmark_value>OR function</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_FUNC_ODER" id="bm_id3155620" localize="false"/>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148394" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U"
- oldref="20">OR</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156060" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="61"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.</ahelp> This function returns the value FALSE, if all the arguments have the logical value FALSE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148771" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">The arguments are either logical expressions themselves (TRUE, 1<5, 2+3=7, B8<10) that return logical values, or arrays (A1:C3) containing logical values.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153546" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="63">When a function expects a single value, but you entered a cell range, then the value from the cell range is taken that is in the same column or row as the formula.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149027" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="64">If the entered range is outside of the current column or row of the formula, the function returns the error value #VALUE!</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155517" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="22">Syntax</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150468" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="23">OR(LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30)</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155819" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="24">
- <emph>LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30</emph> are conditions to be checked. All conditions can be either TRUE or FALSE. If a range is entered as a parameter, the function uses the value from the range that is in the current column or row.<comment>UFI: first try to fix bugtraq 4905779</comment></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153228" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="25">Examples:</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154870" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26">The logical values of entries 12<11; 13>22, and 45=45 are to be checked.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155371" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27">
- <item type="input">=OR(12<11;13>22;45=45)</item> returns TRUE.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158412" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="59">
- <item type="input">=OR(FALSE;TRUE)</item> returns TRUE.</paragraph>
- </section>
+oldref="20">OR</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156060" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="61"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.</ahelp> This function returns the value FALSE, if all the arguments have the logical value FALSE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148771" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">The arguments are either logical expressions themselves (TRUE, 1<5, 2+3=7, B8<10) that return logical values, or arrays (A1:C3) containing logical values.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153546" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="63">When a function expects a single value, but you entered a cell range, then the value from the cell range is taken that is in the same column or row as the formula.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149027" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="64">If the entered range is outside of the current column or row of the formula, the function returns the error value #VALUE!</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155517" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="22">Syntax</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150468" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="23">OR(LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30)</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155819" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="24">
+<emph>LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30</emph> are conditions to be checked. All conditions can be either TRUE or FALSE. If a range is entered as a parameter, the function uses the value from the range that is in the current column or row.<comment>UFI: first try to fix bugtraq 4905779</comment></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153228" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="25">Examples:</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154870" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26">The logical values of entries 12<11; 13>22, and 45=45 are to be checked.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155371" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27">
+<item type="input">=OR(12<11;13>22;45=45)</item> returns TRUE.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158412" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="59">
+<item type="input">=OR(FALSE;TRUE)</item> returns TRUE.</paragraph>
+</section>
<section id="Section7">
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148394K"><bookmark_value>XOR function</bookmark_value>
</bookmark><comment>kschenk added this entry</comment>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_FUNC_ODER" id="bm_id3155620K" localize="false"/>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148394K" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U">XOR</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156060K" role="paragraph" l10n="U"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns the exclusive "or" of arguments.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148771K" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">The arguments are either numbers, logical expressions themselves (TRUE, 1<5, 2+3=7, B8<10) that return logical values, or arrays (A1:C3).</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149027K" role="note" l10n="CHG">If the entered range is outside of the current column or row of the formula, the function returns the error value #VALUE!</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155517K" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
- oldref="22">Syntax</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150468K" role="code" l10n="U">XOR(Value1; Value2 ...Value30)</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155819K" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="24">
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156060K" role="paragraph" l10n="U"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns the exclusive "or" of arguments.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148771K" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">The arguments are either numbers, logical expressions themselves (TRUE, 1<5, 2+3=7, B8<10) that return logical values, or arrays (A1:C3).</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149027K" role="note" l10n="CHG">If the entered range is outside of the current column or row of the formula, the function returns the error value #VALUE!</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155517K" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U"
+oldref="22">Syntax</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150468K" role="code" l10n="U">XOR(Value1; Value2 ...Value30)</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155819K" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="24">
<emph>Value1; Value2 ... Value30</emph> are added modulo 2. TRUE is returned if the result of this addition is 1;
FALSE is returned if the result of this addition is 0.<comment>UFI: first try to fix bugtraq 4905779</comment></paragraph>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153228K" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U">Examples:</paragraph>
@@ -187,7 +183,7 @@ FALSE is returned if the result of this addition is 0.<comment>UFI: first try to
</section>
</sort>
<section id="relatedtopics">
- <embed href="text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp#drking"/>
- </section>
- </body>
+<embed href="text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp#drking"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp
index 6898a0df81..b6a26e6096 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc0105080300xml" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Print Ranges</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp
index b8d1901a82..8abbb251a4 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc0106020000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Hyphenation</title>
@@ -40,7 +36,7 @@
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Hyphenate" id="bm_id7241058" localize="false"/>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Hyphenate" id="bm_id3153541" localize="false"/>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1">Hyphenation</paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation </emph>command calls the dialog for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation</emph> command calls the dialog for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp>
</variable></paragraph>
<section id="howtoget">
<embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#silbentrennungc"/>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp
index bc3546748c..2b25b9e7da 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,20 +9,18 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc0106060100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
@@ -38,7 +35,7 @@
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148664" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="2"><variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Protects the cells in the current sheet from being modified.</ahelp>
</variable> Choose <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</emph> to open the <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> dialog in which you then specify sheet protection with or without a password.</paragraph>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#exdst"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#exdst"/>
</section>
<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3149664" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">To protect cells from further editing, the <emph>Protected</emph> check box must be checked on the <link href="text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp" name="Format - Cells - Cell Protection"><emph>Format - Cells - Cell Protection</emph></link> tab page or on the <emph>Format Cells</emph> context menu.</paragraph>
<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3154490" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Unprotected cells or cell ranges can be set up on a protected sheet by using the <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</emph> and <emph>Format - Cells - Cell Protection</emph> menus: </paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp
index ea7d005680..3bd19687f5 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,20 +9,18 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc0106070000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
@@ -47,7 +44,7 @@
</section>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">All cells are recalculated after a sheet cell has been modified. Any charts in the sheet will also be refreshed.</paragraph>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#exatmb"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#exatmb"/>
</section>
</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp
index 9a2eeeae45..eccd6c600a 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc0106080000xml" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Recalculate</title>
@@ -46,10 +43,7 @@
<embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#exnb"/>
</section>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id315475899" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Press F9 to recalculate. Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9 to recalculate all formulas in the document.</paragraph>
-
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150793" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">After the document has been recalculated, the display is refreshed. All charts are also refreshed.</paragraph>
-
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id315475855" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The Add-In functions like RANDBETWEEN currently cannot respond to the Recalculate command or F9. Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9 to recalculate all formulas, including the Add-In functions.</paragraph>
-
</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp
index 1ba8e86192..ed80503723 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,20 +9,18 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc0112090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
@@ -37,7 +34,7 @@
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153562" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">A pivot table provides a summary of large amounts of data. You can then rearrange the pivot table to view different summaries of the data.</paragraph>
</section>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#dndtpt"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#dndtpt"/>
</section>
<embed href="text/scalc/guide/datapilot.xhp#datapilot"/>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="3"><link href="text/scalc/01/12090100.xhp" name="Create">Create</link></paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp
index 54b782a9f8..b695fd114c 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,20 +9,18 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc0112090105xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
@@ -161,7 +158,6 @@
</tablecell>
</tablerow>
</table>
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sc:ListBox:RID_SCDLG_DPDATAFIELD:LB_BASEFIELD" id="bm_id7005523" localize="false"/>
<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107BA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW">Base field</paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107BE" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="1495371267">Select the field from which the respective value is taken as base for the calculation.</ahelp></paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp
index 9cfb2e147e..b38c259c6c 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalc01solver_optionsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Options</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp
index 47d2ce2a9a..54cd6e2f55 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,56 +9,54 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
- <topic id="textscalcguidecell_enterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
- <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Entering Values</title>
- <filename>/text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp</filename>
- </topic>
- </meta>
- <body>
+<topic id="textscalcguidecell_enterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Entering Values</title>
+<filename>/text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+</meta>
+<body>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150868"><bookmark_value>values; inserting in multiple cells</bookmark_value>
- <bookmark_value>inserting;values</bookmark_value>
- <bookmark_value>cell ranges;selecting for data entries</bookmark_value>
- <bookmark_value>areas, see also cell ranges</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>inserting;values</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>cell ranges;selecting for data entries</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>areas, see also cell ranges</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3405255" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="cell_enter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp">Entering Values</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7147129" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Calc can simplify entering data and values into multiple cells. You can change some settings to conform to your preferences.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5621509" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Enter Values Into a Range of Cells Manually</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8200018" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">There are two features that assist you when you enter a block of data manually.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1867427" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Area Detection for New Rows</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7908871" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the row below a heading row, you can advance from one cell to the next with the Tab key. After you enter the value into the last cell in the current row, press Enter. Calc positions the cursor below the first cell of the current block.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6196783" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7147129" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Calc can simplify entering data and values into multiple cells. You can change some settings to conform to your preferences.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5621509" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Enter Values Into a Range of Cells Manually</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8200018" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">There are two features that assist you when you enter a block of data manually.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1867427" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Area Detection for New Rows</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7908871" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the row below a heading row, you can advance from one cell to the next with the Tab key. After you enter the value into the last cell in the current row, press Enter. Calc positions the cursor below the first cell of the current block.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6196783" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">
<image id="img_id6473586" src="res/helpimg/area1.png" width="4.8335in" height="1.5937in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id6473586">area detection</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8118839" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In row 3, press Tab to advance from cell B3 to C3, D3, and E3. Then press Enter to advance to B4.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3583788" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Area Selection</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2011780" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use drag-and-drop to select the area where you want to input values. But start dragging from the last cell of the area and release the mouse button when you have selected the first cell. Now you can start to input values. Always press the Tab key to advance to the next cell. You will not leave the selected area.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7044282" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">
+</image></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8118839" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In row 3, press Tab to advance from cell B3 to C3, D3, and E3. Then press Enter to advance to B4.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3583788" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Area Selection</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2011780" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use drag-and-drop to select the area where you want to input values. But start dragging from the last cell of the area and release the mouse button when you have selected the first cell. Now you can start to input values. Always press the Tab key to advance to the next cell. You will not leave the selected area.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7044282" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">
<image id="img_id2811365" src="res/helpimg/area2.png" width="4.8335in" height="1.5937in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id2811365">area selection</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3232520" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the area from E7 to B3. Now B3 is waiting for your input. Press Tab to advance to the next cell within the selected area.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8950163" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Enter Values to a Range of Cells Automatically</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id633869" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">See <link href="text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp">Automatically Filling in Data Based on Adjacent Cells</link>.</paragraph>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp#formula_enter"/>
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp#multitables"/>
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp#multi_tables"/>
- </section>
- </body>
+</image></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3232520" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the area from E7 to B3. Now B3 is waiting for your input. Press Tab to advance to the next cell within the selected area.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8950163" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Enter Values to a Range of Cells Automatically</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id633869" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">See <link href="text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp">Automatically Filling in Data Based on Adjacent Cells</link>.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp#formula_enter"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp#multitables"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp#multi_tables"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_grouping.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_grouping.xhp
index c3c0a3d6db..e23f76e432 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_grouping.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_grouping.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguidedatapilot_groupingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Grouping Pivot Tables</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp
index 31e86ccb53..54180f4c1f 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguidedesignxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Selecting Themes for Sheets</title>
@@ -34,9 +29,6 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150791"><bookmark_value>theme selection for sheets</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>layout;spreadsheets</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>cell styles; selecting</bookmark_value>
@@ -45,33 +37,31 @@
<bookmark_value>formats;themes for sheets</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>formatting;themes for sheets</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw deleted "applying;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150791" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="design"><link href="text/scalc/guide/design.xhp" name="Selecting Themes for Sheets">Selecting Themes for Sheets</link>
+<comment>mw deleted "applying;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150791" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="design"><link href="text/scalc/guide/design.xhp" name="Selecting Themes for Sheets">Selecting Themes for Sheets</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145786" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">$[officename] Calc comes with a predefined set of formatting themes that you can apply to your spreadsheets.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154490" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">It is not possible to add themes to Calc, and they cannot be modified. However, you can modify their styles after you apply them to a spreadsheet.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154757" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="17">Before you format a sheet with a theme, you have to apply at least one custom cell style to the cells on the sheet. You can then change the cell formatting by selecting and applying a theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156382" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="18">To apply a custom cell style to a cell, you can open the Styles and Formatting window and, in its lower list box, set the Custom Styles view. A list of the existing custom defined cell styles will be displayed. Double click a name from the Styles and Formatting window to apply this style to the selected cells.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153963" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">To apply a theme to a spreadsheet:</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146920" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">Click the <emph>Choose Themes</emph> icon in the <emph>Tools</emph> bar. </paragraph>
- <embed href="text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp#sythemen"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148488" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="20">The <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog appears. This dialog lists the available themes for the whole spreadsheet and the Styles and Formatting window lists the custom styles for specific cells.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155114" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">In the <emph>Theme Selection </emph>dialog, select the theme that you want to apply to the spreadsheet.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150090" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Click OK</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150201" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">As soon as you select another theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog, some of the properties of the custom style will be applied to the current spreadsheet. The modifications will be immediately visible in your spreadsheet.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/autoformat.xhp#autoformat"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146979" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12"><link href="text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp" name="Theme selection">Theme selection</link></paragraph>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145786" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">$[officename] Calc comes with a predefined set of formatting themes that you can apply to your spreadsheets.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154490" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">It is not possible to add themes to Calc, and they cannot be modified. However, you can modify their styles after you apply them to a spreadsheet.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154757" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="17">Before you format a sheet with a theme, you have to apply at least one custom cell style to the cells on the sheet. You can then change the cell formatting by selecting and applying a theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156382" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="18">To apply a custom cell style to a cell, you can open the Styles and Formatting window and, in its lower list box, set the Custom Styles view. A list of the existing custom defined cell styles will be displayed. Double click a name from the Styles and Formatting window to apply this style to the selected cells.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153963" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">To apply a theme to a spreadsheet:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146920" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">Click the <emph>Choose Themes</emph> icon in the <emph>Tools</emph> bar. </paragraph>
+<embed href="text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp#sythemen"/>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148488" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="20">The <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog appears. This dialog lists the available themes for the whole spreadsheet and the Styles and Formatting window lists the custom styles for specific cells.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155114" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">In the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog, select the theme that you want to apply to the spreadsheet.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150090" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Click OK</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150201" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">As soon as you select another theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog, some of the properties of the custom style will be applied to the current spreadsheet. The modifications will be immediately visible in your spreadsheet.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/autoformat.xhp#autoformat"/>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146979" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12"><link href="text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp" name="Theme selection">Theme selection</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp
index b6aa550736..26451a32a1 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguideedit_multitablesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Copying to Multiple Sheets</title>
@@ -34,31 +29,26 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149456"><bookmark_value>copying;values, to multiple sheets</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>pasting;values in multiple sheets</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>data;inserting in multiple sheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sheets; simultaneous multiple filling</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw moved "multiple sheets" and "selecting;" to multitables.xhp, transferred "sheets;" from there and deleted "sheets;transferring.."</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149456" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="edit_multitables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp" name="Copying to Multiple Sheets">Copying to Multiple Sheets</link>
+<comment>mw moved "multiple sheets" and "selecting;" to multitables.xhp, transferred "sheets;" from there and deleted "sheets;transferring.."</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149456" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="edit_multitables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp" name="Copying to Multiple Sheets">Copying to Multiple Sheets</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150868" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulas that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document.</paragraph>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153768" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select all desired sheets by holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>key and clicking the corresponding register tabs that are still gray at the bottom margin of the workspace. All selected register tabs are now white.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10614" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can use Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Up or Page Down to select multiple sheets using the keyboard.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147435" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Now when you insert values, text or formulas into the active sheet, they will also appear in the identical positions in the other selected sheets. For example, data entered in cell A1 of the active sheet is automatically entered into cell A1 of any other seleted sheet.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp#multitables"/>
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp#multi_tables"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150868" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulas that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document.</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153768" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select all desired sheets by holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>key and clicking the corresponding register tabs that are still gray at the bottom margin of the workspace. All selected register tabs are now white.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10614" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can use Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Up or Page Down to select multiple sheets using the keyboard.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147435" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Now when you insert values, text or formulas into the active sheet, they will also appear in the identical positions in the other selected sheets. For example, data entered in cell A1 of the active sheet is automatically entered into cell A1 of any other seleted sheet.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp#multitables"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp#multi_tables"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp
index 504ec801a4..f4fde051a3 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguideformulasxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Calculating With Formulas</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp
index d6ee81fe18..0f6ff90709 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguidemulti_tablesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Navigating Through Sheets Tabs</title>
@@ -34,39 +29,32 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150769"><bookmark_value>sheets; showing multiple</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>sheet tabs;using</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>views;multiple sheets</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150769" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="multi_tables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp" name="Navigating Through Sheet Tabs">Navigating Through Sheet Tabs</link>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150769" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="multi_tables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp" name="Navigating Through Sheet Tabs">Navigating Through Sheet Tabs</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153771" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">By default $[officename] displays three sheets "Sheet1" to "Sheet3", in each new spreadsheet. You can switch between sheets in a spreadsheet using the sheet tabs at the bottom of the screen.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153771" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">By default $[officename] displays three sheets "Sheet1" to "Sheet3", in each new spreadsheet. You can switch between sheets in a spreadsheet using the sheet tabs at the bottom of the screen.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">
<image id="img_id4829822" src="res/helpimg/sheettabs.png" width="3.3335inch" height="0.7638inch" localize="true"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id4829822">Sheet Tabs</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
- <table id="tbl_id3153728">
-
-
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153144" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
+</image></paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3153728">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153144" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
<image id="img_id3156441" src="res/helpimg/calcnav.png" width="0.6563inch" height="0.1457inch"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156441">Icon</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147396" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">Use the navigation buttons to display all the sheets belonging to your document. Clicking the button on the far left or the far right displays, respectively, the first or last sheet tab. The middle buttons allow the user to scroll forward and backward through all sheet tabs. To display the sheet itself click on the sheet tab.</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- </table>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149379" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">If there is insufficient space to display all the sheet tabs, you can increase it by pointing to the separator between the scrollbar and the sheet tabs, pressing the mouse button and, keeping the mouse button pressed, dragging to the right. In doing so you will be sharing the available space between the sheet tabs and horizontal scrollbar.</paragraph>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp#multitables"/>
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp#edit_multitables"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+</image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147396" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">Use the navigation buttons to display all the sheets belonging to your document. Clicking the button on the far left or the far right displays, respectively, the first or last sheet tab. The middle buttons allow the user to scroll forward and backward through all sheet tabs. To display the sheet itself click on the sheet tab.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149379" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">If there is insufficient space to display all the sheet tabs, you can increase it by pointing to the separator between the scrollbar and the sheet tabs, pressing the mouse button and, keeping the mouse button pressed, dragging to the right. In doing so you will be sharing the available space between the sheet tabs and horizontal scrollbar.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp#multitables"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp#edit_multitables"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp
index cb6ea0b6f9..e755cb2c3d 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguideprintrangesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Print Ranges on a Spreadsheet</title>
@@ -34,9 +29,6 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id14648"><bookmark_value>exporting;cells</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>printing; cells</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>ranges;print ranges</bookmark_value>
@@ -49,62 +41,60 @@
<bookmark_value>extending print ranges</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>deleting;print ranges</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw deleted "adding;" and corrected two typos in "defining;" and "extending.."</comment>
- <comment>MW changed "clearing,"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108D7" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="printranges"><link href="text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp">Defining Print Ranges on a Sheet</link>
+<comment>mw deleted "adding;" and corrected two typos in "defining;" and "extending.."</comment>
+<comment>MW changed "clearing,"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108D7" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="printranges"><link href="text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp">Defining Print Ranges on a Sheet</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108F5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can define which range of cells on a spreadsheet to print.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108FB" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Excel file format.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077A" role="note" l10n="CHG">For files opened in Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behavior occurs when you export the Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.<comment>UFI: New, see spec "Calc Print Settings Sheet Property "Print Entire Sheet""</comment></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108FE" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Define a Print Range</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10905" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the cells that you want to print.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10909" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Define</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10910" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Add Cells to a Print Range</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10917" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the cells that you want to add to the existing print range.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1091B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Add</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10922" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Clear a Print Range</paragraph>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10929" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Remove</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10953" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Using the Page Break Preview to Edit Print Ranges</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centered page number in gray. Nonprinting areas have a gray background.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153143" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8">To define a new page break region, drag the border to a new location. When you define a new page break region, an automatic page break is replaced by a manual page break.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10930" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To View and Edit Print Ranges</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10937" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Page Break Preview</emph>.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1082A" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To change the default zoom factor of the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, double click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select a new zoom factor.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10836" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Edit the print range.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10944" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To change the size of a print range, drag a border of the range to a new location.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151075" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="12">To delete a manual page break that is contained in a print range, drag the border of the page break outside of the print range.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10948" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To clear a print range, drag a border of the range onto the opposite border of the range.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10862" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">To exit the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp#print_exact"/>
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp#print_title_row"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109CF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp">Editing Print Ranges</link></paragraph>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108F5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can define which range of cells on a spreadsheet to print.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108FB" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Excel file format.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077A" role="note" l10n="CHG">For files opened in Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behavior occurs when you export the Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.<comment>UFI: New, see spec "Calc Print Settings Sheet Property "Print Entire Sheet""</comment></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108FE" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Define a Print Range</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10905" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the cells that you want to print.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10909" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Define</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10910" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Add Cells to a Print Range</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10917" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the cells that you want to add to the existing print range.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1091B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Add</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10922" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Clear a Print Range</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10929" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Remove</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10953" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Using the Page Break Preview to Edit Print Ranges</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centered page number in gray. Nonprinting areas have a gray background.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153143" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8">To define a new page break region, drag the border to a new location. When you define a new page break region, an automatic page break is replaced by a manual page break.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10930" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To View and Edit Print Ranges</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10937" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Page Break Preview</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1082A" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To change the default zoom factor of the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, double click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select a new zoom factor.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10836" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Edit the print range.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10944" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To change the size of a print range, drag a border of the range to a new location.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151075" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="12">To delete a manual page break that is contained in a print range, drag the border of the page break outside of the print range.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10948" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To clear a print range, drag a border of the range onto the opposite border of the range.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10862" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">To exit the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp#print_exact"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp#print_title_row"/>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109CF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp">Editing Print Ranges</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp
index 8e764d3fa6..92dbd2de02 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguidescenarioxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using Scenarios</title>
@@ -41,7 +36,7 @@
</variable></paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150869" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">A $[officename] Calc scenario is a set of cell values that can be used within your calculations. You assign a name to every scenario on your sheet. Define several scenarios on the same sheet, each with some different values in the cells. Then you can easily switch the sets of cell values by their name and immediately observe the results. Scenarios are a tool to test out "what-if" questions.</paragraph>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149255" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="15">Creating Your Own Scenarios</paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154704" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To create a scenario, select all the cells that provide the data for the scenario. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154704" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To create a scenario, select all the cells that provide the data for the scenario.</paragraph>
<list type="ordered">
<listitem>
<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154020" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="17">Select the cells that contain the values that will change between scenarios. To select multiple cells, hold down the <item type="keycode"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline></item>key as you click each cell.</paragraph>
@@ -58,12 +53,12 @@
<listitem>
<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150752" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">Open the Navigator with the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon
<image id="img_id1593676" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_navigator.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id1593676" xml-lang="en-US">Navigator icon</alt>
- </image> on the Standard bar.</paragraph>
+</image> on the Standard bar.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155764" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">Click the <emph>Scenarios</emph> icon
<image id="img_id7617114" src="sc/res/imglst/navipi/na07.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id7617114" xml-lang="en-US">Scenarios icon</alt>
- </image> in the Navigator.</paragraph>
+</image> in the Navigator.</paragraph>
</listitem>
</list>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154256" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">In the Navigator, you see the defined scenarios with the comments that were entered when the scenarios were created.</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp
index 47782c9e56..1b5e5c8e81 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguidesorted_listxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Applying Sort Lists</title>
@@ -34,9 +29,6 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150870"><bookmark_value>filling;customized lists</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>sort lists;applying</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>defining;sort lists</bookmark_value>
@@ -46,18 +38,16 @@
<bookmark_value>lists; user-defined</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>customized lists</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw deleted "applying;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150870" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="sorted_list"><link href="text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp" name="Applying Sort Lists">Applying Sort Lists</link>
+<comment>mw deleted "applying;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150870" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="sorted_list"><link href="text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp" name="Applying Sort Lists">Applying Sort Lists</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159154" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">Sort lists allow you to type one piece of information in a cell, then drag it to fill in a consecutive list of items.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148645" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">For example, enter the text "Jan" or "January" in an empty cell. Select the cell and click the mouse on the lower right corner of the cell border. Then drag the selected cell a few cells to the right or downwards. When you release the mouse button, the highlighted cells will be filled with the names of the months.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2367931" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>if you do not want to fill the cells with different values.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152577" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">The predefined series can be found under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>. You can also create your own lists of text strings tailored to your needs, such as a list of your company's branch offices. When you use the information in these lis [...]
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp#calc_series"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147434" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp" name="Sort lists">Sort lists</link></paragraph>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159154" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">Sort lists allow you to type one piece of information in a cell, then drag it to fill in a consecutive list of items.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148645" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">For example, enter the text "Jan" or "January" in an empty cell. Select the cell and click the mouse on the lower right corner of the cell border. Then drag the selected cell a few cells to the right or downwards. When you release the mouse button, the highlighted cells will be filled with the names of the months.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2367931" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>if you do not want to fill the cells with different values.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152577" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">The predefined series can be found under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>. You can also create your own lists of text strings tailored to your needs, such as a list of your company's branch offices. When you use the information in these lists [...]
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp#calc_series"/>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147434" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp" name="Sort lists">Sort lists</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp
index 4d59486f5f..7f5b9a83a3 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textscalcguidespecialfilterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Filter: Applying Advanced Filters</title>
@@ -34,227 +29,206 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148798"><bookmark_value>filters;defining advanced filters </bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>advanced filters</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>defining; advanced filters</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>database ranges; advanced filters</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>MW made "applying;advanced filters" a one level entry</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148798" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="18"><variable id="specialfilter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp" name="Filter: Applying Advanced Filters">Filter: Applying Advanced Filters</link>
+<comment>MW made "applying;advanced filters" a one level entry</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148798" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="18"><variable id="specialfilter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp" name="Filter: Applying Advanced Filters">Filter: Applying Advanced Filters</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145785" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Copy the column headers of the sheet ranges to be filtered into an empty area of the sheet, and then enter the criteria for the filter in a row beneath the headers. Horizontally arranged data in a row will always be logically connected with AND, and vertically arranged data in a column will always be logically connected with OR.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153142" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Once you have created a filter matrix, select the sheet ranges to be filtered. Open the <emph>Advanced Filter</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>Data - Filter - Advanced Filter</emph>, and define the filter conditions.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153726" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Then click OK, and you will see that only the rows from the original sheet whose contents have met the search criteria are still visible. All other rows are temporarily hidden and can be made to reappear with the <emph>Format - Row - Show </emph>command.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149664" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22"> <emph>Example</emph> </paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147427" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">Load a spreadsheet with a large number of records. We are using a fictional <emph>Turnover</emph> document, but you can just as easily use any other document. The document has the following layout:</paragraph>
- <table id="tbl_id3149377">
-
-
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154510" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="24"> <emph>A</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150327" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="25"> <emph>B</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154756" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26"> <emph>C</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155335" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27"> <emph>D</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146315" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="28"> <emph>E</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145790" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="29"> <emph>1</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159239" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30">Month</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150086" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">Standard</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150202" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="32">Business</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150883" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="33">Luxury</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152987" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="34">Suite</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154486" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35"> <emph>2</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148839" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="36">January</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153816" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="37">125600</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157978" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="38">200500</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155268" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="39">240000</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153286" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="40">170000</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146782" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41"> <emph>3</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149900" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="42">February</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154763" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="43">160000</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150050" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="44">180300</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153801" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45">362000</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154708" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46">220000</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151191" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="47"> <emph>4</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147250" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="48">March</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153334" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="49">170000</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151391" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="50">and so on...</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- </table>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147300" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="51">Copy row 1 with the row headers (field names), to row 20, for example. Enter the filter conditions linked with OR in rows 21, 22, and so on.</paragraph>
- <table id="tbl_id3166462">
-
-
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159115" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="52"> <emph>A</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146886" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="53"> <emph>B</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153124" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="54"> <emph>C</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152979" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="55"> <emph>D</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="56"> <emph>E</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149892" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="57"> <emph>20</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150693" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="58">Month</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147475" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="59">Standard</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154846" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="60">Business</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153082" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="61">Luxury</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149506" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">Suite</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149188" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="63"> <emph>21</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149956" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="64">January</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150865" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65"> <emph>22</emph> </paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155957" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="66"><160000</paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- <tablecell>
-
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- </table>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153566" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="67">Specify that only rows which either have the value <item type="literal">January</item> in the <emph>Month</emph> cells OR a value of under 160000 in the <emph>Standard</emph><comment>standard not default, look at U59!!!</comment> cells will be displayed.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147372" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="68">Choose <emph>Data - Filter - Advanced Filter</emph>, and then select the range A20:E22. After you click OK, only the filtered rows will be displayed. The other rows will be hidden from view.</paragraph>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/filters.xhp#filters"/>
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/autofilter.xhp#autofilter"/>
- <embed href="text/scalc/guide/cellcopy.xhp#cellcopy"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145785" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Copy the column headers of the sheet ranges to be filtered into an empty area of the sheet, and then enter the criteria for the filter in a row beneath the headers. Horizontally arranged data in a row will always be logically connected with AND, and vertically arranged data in a column will always be logically connected with OR.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153142" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Once you have created a filter matrix, select the sheet ranges to be filtered. Open the <emph>Advanced Filter</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>Data - Filter - Advanced Filter</emph>, and define the filter conditions.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153726" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Then click OK, and you will see that only the rows from the original sheet whose contents have met the search criteria are still visible. All other rows are temporarily hidden and can be made to reappear with the <emph>Format - Row - Show </emph>command.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149664" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22"> <emph>Example</emph> </paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147427" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">Load a spreadsheet with a large number of records. We are using a fictional <emph>Turnover</emph> document, but you can just as easily use any other document. The document has the following layout:</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3149377">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154510" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="24"> <emph>A</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150327" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="25"> <emph>B</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154756" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26"> <emph>C</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155335" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27"> <emph>D</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146315" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="28"> <emph>E</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145790" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="29"> <emph>1</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159239" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30">Month</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150086" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">Standard</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150202" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="32">Business</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150883" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="33">Luxury</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152987" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="34">Suite</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154486" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35"> <emph>2</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148839" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="36">January</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153816" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="37">125600</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157978" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="38">200500</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155268" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="39">240000</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153286" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="40">170000</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146782" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41"> <emph>3</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149900" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="42">February</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154763" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="43">160000</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150050" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="44">180300</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153801" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45">362000</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154708" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46">220000</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151191" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="47"> <emph>4</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147250" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="48">March</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153334" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="49">170000</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151391" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="50">and so on...</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147300" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="51">Copy row 1 with the row headers (field names), to row 20, for example. Enter the filter conditions linked with OR in rows 21, 22, and so on.</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3166462">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159115" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="52"> <emph>A</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146886" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="53"> <emph>B</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153124" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="54"> <emph>C</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152979" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="55"> <emph>D</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="56"> <emph>E</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149892" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="57"> <emph>20</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150693" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="58">Month</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147475" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="59">Standard</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154846" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="60">Business</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153082" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="61">Luxury</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149506" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">Suite</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149188" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="63"> <emph>21</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149956" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="64">January</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150865" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65"> <emph>22</emph> </paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155957" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="66"><160000</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153566" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="67">Specify that only rows which either have the value <item type="literal">January</item> in the <emph>Month</emph> cells OR a value of under 160000 in the <emph>Standard</emph><comment>standard not default, look at U59!!!</comment> cells will be displayed.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147372" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="68">Choose <emph>Data - Filter - Advanced Filter</emph>, and then select the range A20:E22. After you click OK, only the filtered rows will be displayed. The other rows will be hidden from view.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/filters.xhp#filters"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/autofilter.xhp#autofilter"/>
+<embed href="text/scalc/guide/cellcopy.xhp#cellcopy"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp
index 4add3b0e6c..b5a293a9a3 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textschart0105040202xml" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Positioning</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp
index 27ea4d2067..6d6a6f0dec 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textschart01type_areaxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Chart Type Area</title>
@@ -39,9 +34,9 @@
</bookmark>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id310678" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="type_area"><link href="text/schart/01/type_area.xhp">Chart Type Area</link>
</variable></paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id916776" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> you can choose a chart type. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id916776" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> you can choose a chart type.</paragraph>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/>
+<embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/>
</section>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id961943" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Area</paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id631733" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">An area chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series are connected by a line. The area between each two lines is filled with a color. The area chart's focus is to emphasize the changes from one category to the next.</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp
index ab08c14c61..a631a6e7ba 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,25 +9,22 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textschart01type_column_linexhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
-<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Chart Type Column and Line </title>
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Chart Type Column and Line</title>
<filename>/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
@@ -40,9 +35,9 @@
</bookmark>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8596453" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="CHG"><variable id="type_column_line"><link href="text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp">Chart Type Column and Line</link>
</variable></paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4818567" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> you can choose a chart type. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4818567" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> you can choose a chart type.</paragraph>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/>
+<embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/>
</section>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2451551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG">Column and Line</paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3101901" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">A Column and Line chart is a combination of a <link href="text/schart/01/type_column_bar.xhp">Column chart</link> with a <link href="text/schart/01/type_line.xhp">Line chart</link>.</paragraph>
@@ -90,11 +85,11 @@
<list type="ordered">
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6768700" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click an entry in the list to view and edit the properties for that entry.</paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1924497" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1924497" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5081942" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click an entry, then edit the contents in the text box below. </paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2958464" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The label next to the text box states the currently selected role. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5081942" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click an entry, then edit the contents in the text box below.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2958464" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The label next to the text box states the currently selected role.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id883816" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.</paragraph>
@@ -104,7 +99,7 @@
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id974456" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Editing categories or data labels</paragraph>
<list type="unordered">
<listitem>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2767113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Enter or select a cell range that will be used as text for categories or data labels. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2767113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Enter or select a cell range that will be used as text for categories or data labels.</paragraph>
</listitem>
</list>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id301828" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The values in the Categories range will be shown as labels on the x axis.</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp
index 772c6be049..66e203f801 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textschart01wiz_data_seriesxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Chart Wizard - Data Series</title>
@@ -42,7 +37,7 @@
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9651478" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">On this page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> you can change the source range of all data series separately, including their labels. You can also change the range of the categories. You can first select the data range on the Data Range page and then remove unnecessary data series or add data series from other cells here.</paragraph>
<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id6326487" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If there seem to be too many options on this page, just define the data range on the Chart Wizard - Data Range page and skip this page.</paragraph>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz_ranges"/>
+<embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz_ranges"/>
</section>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id686361" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.</paragraph>
<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ShiftF1"/>
@@ -66,11 +61,11 @@
<list type="ordered">
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1474654" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click an entry in the list to view and edit the properties for that entry.</paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4855189" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4855189" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9475081" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click an entry, then edit the contents in the text box below. </paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4695272" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The label next to the text box states the currently selected role. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4695272" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The label next to the text box states the currently selected role.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3931699" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp
index 221dc11919..0246f541e8 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsdrawguidecombine_etcxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Combining Objects and Constructing Shapes</title>
@@ -34,9 +29,6 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156443"><bookmark_value>combining; draw objects</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>merging; draw objects</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>connecting; draw objects</bookmark_value>
@@ -46,99 +38,93 @@
<bookmark_value>subtracting polygons</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>constructing shapes</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156443" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="64"><variable id="combine_etc"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp" name="Combining Objects and Constructing Shapes">Combining Objects and Constructing Shapes</link>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156443" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="64"><variable id="combine_etc"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp" name="Combining Objects and Constructing Shapes">Combining Objects and Constructing Shapes</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149020" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65">Combined drawing objects act as grouped objects, except that you cannot enter the group to edit the individual objects. </paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154659" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="87">You can only combine 2D objects.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150344" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="32">To combine 2D objects:</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166428" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="66">Select two or more 2D objects.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145587" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="67">Choose <emph>Modify - Combine</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146978" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="33">Unlike groups, a combined object takes on the properties of the lowermost object in the stacking order. You can split apart combined objects, but the original object properties are lost.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155088" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="34">When you combine objects, holes appear where the objects overlap.</paragraph>
- <table id="tbl_id3148699">
-
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156019" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149020" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65">Combined drawing objects act as grouped objects, except that you cannot enter the group to edit the individual objects. </paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154659" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="87">You can only combine 2D objects.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150344" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="32">To combine 2D objects:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166428" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="66">Select two or more 2D objects.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145587" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="67">Choose <emph>Modify - Combine</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146978" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="33">Unlike groups, a combined object takes on the properties of the lowermost object in the stacking order. You can split apart combined objects, but the original object properties are lost.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155088" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="34">When you combine objects, holes appear where the objects overlap.</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3148699">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156019" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
<image id="img_id3157978" src="res/helpimg/kombi1.png" width="8.3646inch" height="2.5inch"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3157978">Illustration for combining objects</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- </table>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153249" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the illustration, the uncombined objects are on the left and the combined objects on the right.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159229" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="68">Constructing Shapes</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150049" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="63">You can construct shapes by applying the <link href="text/simpress/01/13180000.xhp" name="Shapes"><emph>Shapes</emph></link> <emph>- Merge, Subtract and Intersect</emph> commands to two or more drawing objects.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147403" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="88">Shape commands only work on 2D objects.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150539" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="89">Constructed shapes take on the properties of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156402" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="90">To construct a shape:</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157874" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">Select two or more 2D objects.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150650" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="70">Choose <emph>Modify - Shapes</emph> and one of the following:</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145829" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="91"> <emph>Merge</emph> </paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154680" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="92"> <emph>Subtract</emph> </paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153034" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="93"> <emph>Intersect</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145144" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="94">Shape Commands</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153931" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="71">In the following illustrations, the original objects are on the left and the modified shapes on the right.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149950" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="72">Shapes - Merge</paragraph>
- <table id="tbl_id3153083">
-
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148585" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
+</image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153249" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the illustration, the uncombined objects are on the left and the combined objects on the right.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159229" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="68">Constructing Shapes</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150049" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="63">You can construct shapes by applying the <link href="text/simpress/01/13180000.xhp" name="Shapes"><emph>Shapes</emph></link> <emph>- Merge, Subtract and Intersect</emph> commands to two or more drawing objects.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147403" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="88">Shape commands only work on 2D objects.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150539" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="89">Constructed shapes take on the properties of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156402" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="90">To construct a shape:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157874" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">Select two or more 2D objects.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150650" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="70">Choose <emph>Modify - Shapes</emph> and one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145829" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="91"> <emph>Merge</emph> </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154680" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="92"> <emph>Subtract</emph> </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153034" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="93"> <emph>Intersect</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145144" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="94">Shape Commands</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153931" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="71">In the following illustrations, the original objects are on the left and the modified shapes on the right.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149950" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="72">Shapes - Merge</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3153083">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148585" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
<image id="img_id3145593" src="res/helpimg/formvers.png" width="3.4791inch" height="1.3126inch"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3145593">Illustration for merging shapes</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- </table>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150001" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="73">Adds the area of the selected objects to the area of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153002" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="74">Shapes - Subtract</paragraph>
- <table id="tbl_id3153571">
-
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150338" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
+</image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150001" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="73">Adds the area of the selected objects to the area of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153002" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="74">Shapes - Subtract</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3153571">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150338" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
<image id="img_id3154505" src="res/helpimg/formsubt.png" width="3.4689inch" height="1.3126inch"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154505">Illustration for subtracting shapes</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- </table>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150022" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="75">Subtracts the area of the selected objects from the area of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147370" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="78">Shapes - Intersect</paragraph>
- <table id="tbl_id3153738">
-
- <tablerow>
- <tablecell>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150570" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
+</image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150022" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="75">Subtracts the area of the selected objects from the area of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147370" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="78">Shapes - Intersect</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3153738">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150570" role="paragraph" l10n="E">
<image id="img_id3150658" src="res/helpimg/formschn.png" width="3.4272inch" height="1.302inch"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150658">Illustration for intersecting shapes</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
- </tablecell>
- </tablerow>
- </table>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157972" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="79">The overlapping area of the selected objects creates the new shape.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151020" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="80">The area outside the overlap is removed.</paragraph>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp#groups"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+</image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157972" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="79">The overlapping area of the selected objects creates the new shape.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151020" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="80">The area outside the overlap is removed.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp#groups"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp
index 9e6855a2b3..5c351a7cf4 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsdrawguidegradientxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating Gradient Fills</title>
@@ -34,71 +29,66 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150792"><bookmark_value>gradients; applying and defining</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>editing;gradients</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>defining;gradients</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>custom gradients</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>transparency;adjusting</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw deleted "applying;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150792" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="gradient"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp" name="Creating Gradient Fills">Creating Gradient Fills</link>
+<comment>mw deleted "applying;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150792" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="gradient"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp" name="Creating Gradient Fills">Creating Gradient Fills</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154012" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colors, or shades of the same color, that you can apply to a drawing object.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147436" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="61">To apply a gradient:</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146974" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a drawing object.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154491" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and select <emph>Gradient</emph> as the <emph>Fill</emph> type.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select a gradient style from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154702" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Creating Custom Gradients</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145791" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">You can define your own gradients and modify existing gradients, as well as save and load a list of gradient files.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145384" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="62">To create a custom gradient:</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151242" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Gradients</emph> tab.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150046" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select a gradient from the list to use as the basis for your new gradient and click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145116" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">Type a name for the gradient in the text box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6535843" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The name appears at the end of the gradient list and is selected for editing.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150391" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">Set the gradient properties and click <emph>Modify</emph> to save the gradient.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156396" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">Click <emph>OK.</emph> </paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149947" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="40">Using Gradients and Transparency</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157905" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">You can adjust the properties of a gradient as well as the transparency of a drawing object with your mouse.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150653" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="63">To adjust the gradient of a drawing object:</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154844" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">Select a drawing object with the gradient that you want to modify.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145592" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="43">Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Gradients</emph> tab.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107BE" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Adjust the values for the gradient to suit your needs and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150659" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="46">To adjust the transparency of an object, select the object, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Transparency</emph> tab.</paragraph>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp#color_define"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154012" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colors, or shades of the same color, that you can apply to a drawing object.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147436" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="61">To apply a gradient:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146974" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a drawing object.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154491" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and select <emph>Gradient</emph> as the <emph>Fill</emph> type.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select a gradient style from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154702" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Creating Custom Gradients</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145791" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">You can define your own gradients and modify existing gradients, as well as save and load a list of gradient files.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145384" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="62">To create a custom gradient:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151242" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Gradients</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150046" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select a gradient from the list to use as the basis for your new gradient and click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145116" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">Type a name for the gradient in the text box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6535843" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The name appears at the end of the gradient list and is selected for editing.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150391" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">Set the gradient properties and click <emph>Modify</emph> to save the gradient.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156396" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149947" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="40">Using Gradients and Transparency</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157905" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">You can adjust the properties of a gradient as well as the transparency of a drawing object with your mouse.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150653" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="63">To adjust the gradient of a drawing object:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154844" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">Select a drawing object with the gradient that you want to modify.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145592" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="43">Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Gradients</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107BE" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Adjust the values for the gradient to suit your needs and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150659" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="46">To adjust the transparency of an object, select the object, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Transparency</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp#color_define"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp
index a9e9e359e0..6094059394 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,20 +9,18 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsdrawguidejoin_objects3dxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp
index 0424d54388..8b9c30e2e4 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,22 +9,18 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
-
<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared0101190000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
@@ -41,7 +36,7 @@
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157898" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="versionentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:VersionDialog">Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.</ahelp>
</variable></paragraph>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#versionen"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#versionen"/>
</section>
<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">If you save a copy of a file that contains version information (by choosing <emph>File - Save As)</emph>, the version information is not saved with the file.</paragraph>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149750" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">New versions</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp
index 6def096c68..ddb584bc09 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared01about_meta_tagsxml" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">HTML import and export</title>
@@ -84,7 +81,6 @@
</tablecell>
</tablerow>
</table>
-
<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">When you import an HTML containing these META tags, the contents of the tags are added to the corresponding $[officename] file property box. </paragraph>
<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id0926200812164481" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.</paragraph>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163822" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="12">Import Tips</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp
index ba2109d111..a27cb2ff7e 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared01xformsdataaddxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Add / Edit</title>
@@ -34,77 +29,56 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7194738"><bookmark_value>read-only items in Data Navigator</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>Data Navigator;adding/editing items</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>MW added a new entry and deleted "editing;" and "adding;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10547" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW">Add / Edit</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1054B" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.</ahelp> Items can be elements, attributes, submissions, or bindings.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10560" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">%PRODUCTNAME inserts a new item directly after the currently selected item in the Data Navigator. A new attribute is added to the currently selected element.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<comment>MW added a new entry and deleted "editing;" and "adding;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10547" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW">Add / Edit</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1054B" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.</ahelp> Items can be elements, attributes, submissions, or bindings.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10560" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">%PRODUCTNAME inserts a new item directly after the currently selected item in the Data Navigator. A new attribute is added to the currently selected element.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:Edit:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:ED_NAME" id="bm_id5775627" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10563" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Name</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10567" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the item.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056A" role="note" l10n="CHG">The attribute names must be unique within the same group.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056D" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Type</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10571" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Select the type of a new item. You cannot change the type of an edited item.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10563" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Name</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10567" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the item.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056A" role="note" l10n="CHG">The attribute names must be unique within the same group.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056D" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Type</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10571" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Select the type of a new item. You cannot change the type of an edited item.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:Edit:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:ED_DEFAULT" id="bm_id9302041" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10574" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Default value</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10578" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a default value for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057B" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Settings</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10574" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Default value</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10578" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a default value for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057B" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Settings</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:ListBox:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:LB_DATATYPE" id="bm_id5551011" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10582" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Data type</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10586" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Select the data type for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10582" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Data type</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10586" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Select the data type for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:CB_REQUIRED" id="bm_id2487258" localize="false"/>
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED" id="bm_id1239661" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10589" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Required</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1058D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10589" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Required</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1058D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:PB_REQUIRED" id="bm_id1404156" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10590" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10590" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:CB_RELEVANT" id="bm_id8867458" localize="false"/>
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT" id="bm_id3679616" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105AA" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Relevant</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105AE" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as relevant.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105AA" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Relevant</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105AE" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as relevant.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:PB_RELEVANT" id="bm_id3488570" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105B1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105B1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:CB_CONSTRAINT" id="bm_id2007812" localize="false"/>
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT" id="bm_id8594622" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105CB" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Constraint</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105CF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as a constraint.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105CB" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Constraint</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105CF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as a constraint.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:PB_CONSTRAINT" id="bm_id2240058" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can specify the constraint condition.</paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can specify the constraint condition.</paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:CB_READONLY" id="bm_id6203192" localize="false"/>
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY" id="bm_id4252449" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105E4" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Read-only</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105E8" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as read-only.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105E4" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Read-only</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105E8" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as read-only.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:PB_READONLY" id="bm_id165105" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105EB" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105EB" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:CB_CALCULATE" id="bm_id6361583" localize="false"/>
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION" id="bm_id383617" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10605" role="heading" level="3" l10n="CHG">Calculate / Calculation<comment>UFI: inconsistent use of name</comment></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10609" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Declares that the item is calculated.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10605" role="heading" level="3" l10n="CHG">Calculate / Calculation<comment>UFI: inconsistent use of name</comment></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10609" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Declares that the item is calculated.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_DATAITEM:PB_CALCULATE" id="bm_id2518997" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter the calculation.</paragraph>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter the calculation.</paragraph>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp
index 4e6226f7e2..d4ab6d72a2 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared01xformsdataaddconxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Add Condition</title>
@@ -34,24 +29,19 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8615680"><bookmark_value>conditions;items in Data Navigator</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>XForms;conditions</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>MW deleted "adding;" and added a new entry</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053E" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW">Add Condition</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10542" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<comment>MW deleted "adding;" and added a new entry</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053E" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW">Add Condition</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10542" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:MultiLineEdit:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_CONDITION:ED_CONDITION" id="bm_id5080721" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10561" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Condition</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10565" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a condition.</ahelp><comment>examples?</comment></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10568" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Result</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the result.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10561" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Condition</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10565" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a condition.</ahelp><comment>examples?</comment></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10568" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Result</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the result.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_ADD_CONDITION:PB_EDIT_NAMESPACES" id="bm_id5074007" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056F" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Edit Namespaces</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10573" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.</ahelp></paragraph>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056F" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Edit Namespaces</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10573" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.</ahelp></paragraph>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp
index 49e0f8492c..6bc85a6dbb 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared01xformsdatachangexhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Change Data Binding</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp
index 9f1726a805..683906caa4 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared01xformsdatanamexhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Form Namespaces</title>
@@ -34,34 +29,27 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8286080"><bookmark_value>deleting;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>organizing;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>namespace organization in XForms</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organizing namespaces</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>MW deleted "editing;" and "adding;" and added "XForms;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053E" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW">Form Namespaces</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10542" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<comment>MW deleted "editing;" and "adding;" and added "XForms;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053E" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW">Form Namespaces</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10542" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_NAMESPACEITEM_LIST" id="bm_id8072450" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10561" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Namespaces</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10565" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10561" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Namespaces</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10565" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.</ahelp></paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_NAMESPACE_ITEM:PB_ADD_NAMESPACE" id="bm_id5343485" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10568" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Add</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new namespace to the list.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialog to enter the Prefix and URL.</paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10568" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Add</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new namespace to the list.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialog to enter the Prefix and URL.</paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_NAMESPACE_ITEM:PB_EDIT_NAMESPACE" id="bm_id3851435" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10576" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Edit</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Edits the selected namespace.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialog to edit the Prefix and URL.</paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10576" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Edit</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Edits the selected namespace.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialog to edit the Prefix and URL.</paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_NAMESPACE_ITEM:PB_DELETE_NAMESPACE" id="bm_id2580034" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10584" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Delete</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10588" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected namespace.</ahelp></paragraph>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10584" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Delete</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10588" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected namespace.</ahelp></paragraph>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp
index cbc2b81f75..53dce7ae7b 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,24 +9,22 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared0202170000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
-<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Background color/Paragraph background </title>
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Background color/Paragraph background</title>
<filename>/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
@@ -45,7 +42,7 @@
<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147276" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E">
<image id="img_id3148538" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_backgroundcolor.png" ><alt id="alt_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
+</image></paragraph>
</tablecell>
<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144439" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Background Color</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/stars.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/stars.xhp
index aa3ef75553..a1cb94e981 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/stars.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/stars.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared02starsxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Stars and Banners</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp
index 6a0b34ca24..545f5a78d4 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textshared02symbolshapesxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Symbol Shapes</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp
index 9086f45500..58a57b7748 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedexplorerdatabasedabapropgenxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Advanced Properties</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp
index c78cef47a6..7475ae43d1 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedexplorerdatabasedabawiz02accessxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Microsoft Access Connection</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp
index 60e68b41eb..227b29c5b3 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedexplorerdatabasedabawiz02adabasxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adabas D Connection</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp
index 95e8e580e9..446aedebaf 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedexplorerdatabasedabawiz02jdbcxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">JDBC Connection</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp
index aa99c763ba..c2587c51a0 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedexplorerdatabaserep_datetimexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Date and Time</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp
index b76acff7d8..1570533534 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguideborder_paragraphxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</title>
@@ -34,9 +29,6 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147571"><bookmark_value>borders, see also frames</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>paragraphs; defining borders</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>borders; for paragraphs</bookmark_value>
@@ -44,65 +36,59 @@
<bookmark_value>inserting;paragraph borders</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>defining;paragraph borders</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147571" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="15"><variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Paragraphs">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link>
+<comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147571" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="15"><variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Paragraphs">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159233" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="1">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Place the cursor in the paragraph for which you want to define a border.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149398" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156326" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154285" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153543" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149237" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148943" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148948" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152811" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150793" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151178" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159233" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="1">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Place the cursor in the paragraph for which you want to define a border.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149398" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156326" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154285" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153543" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149237" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148943" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148948" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152811" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150793" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151178" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
<switch select="appl">
-
<case select="WRITER">
- <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/>
- <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/>
-
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/>
</case>
-
</switch>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp
index c12c2b0b85..8c2ac88cd0 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguideborder_tablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells</title>
@@ -34,73 +29,63 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155805"><bookmark_value>tables in text; defining borders</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;defining borders</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>borders; for tables</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>frames; around tables</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>defining;table borders</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155805" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="16"><variable id="border_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells">Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells</link>
+<comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155805" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="16"><variable id="border_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells">Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147008" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="1">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146957" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table </emph>toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143270" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click one of the predefined border styles.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156156" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">This <emph>adds</emph> the selected style to the current border style of the table cells. Select the blank border style at the top left of the <emph>Borders</emph> window to clear all border styles.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153666" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152472" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147265" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Table - Table Properties - Borders</emph> (Writer) or <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph> (Calc).</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159413" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id31594132" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">If you select more than one row or column, you can change the middle lines between rows or columns. Select the middle markers in the <emph>User-defined</emph> area.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153526" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156422" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149807" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147008" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="1">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146957" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table</emph> toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143270" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click one of the predefined border styles.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156156" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">This <emph>adds</emph> the selected style to the current border style of the table cells. Select the blank border style at the top left of the <emph>Borders</emph> window to clear all border styles.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153666" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152472" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147265" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Table - Table Properties - Borders</emph> (Writer) or <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph> (Calc).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159413" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id31594132" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">If you select more than one row or column, you can change the middle lines between rows or columns. Select the middle markers in the <emph>User-defined</emph> area.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153526" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156422" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149807" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
<switch select="appl">
-
<case select="WRITER">
- <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/>
- <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/>
-
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/>
</case>
-
</switch>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp
index 3387c46f2e..40c6aa74c3 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidechart_barformatxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Texture to Chart Bars</title>
@@ -34,38 +29,33 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149798"><bookmark_value>charts; bars with textures</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>textures;on chart bars</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>inserting;textures on chart bars</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="chart_barformat"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp" name="Adding Texture to Chart Bars">Adding Texture to Chart Bars</link>
+<comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="chart_barformat"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp" name="Adding Texture to Chart Bars">Adding Texture to Chart Bars</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156136" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colors) via bitmap graphics:</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Enter edit mode by double-clicking on the chart.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149182" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Click on any bar of the bar series you want to edit. All bars of this series are now selected.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id720847" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">If you want to edit only one bar, click again on that bar.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147275" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">In the context menu choose <emph>Object Properties</emph>. Then choose the <emph>Area</emph> tab.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146797" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. In the list box select a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156136" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colors) via bitmap graphics:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Enter edit mode by double-clicking on the chart.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149182" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Click on any bar of the bar series you want to edit. All bars of this series are now selected.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id720847" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">If you want to edit only one bar, click again on that bar.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147275" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">In the context menu choose <emph>Object Properties</emph>. Then choose the <emph>Area</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146797" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. In the list box select a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp
index 835c94c58f..60d9f0bb15 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidedata_dbase2officexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp
index 301ce3dfdb..8b86a1fa61 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidedata_search2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Searching With a Form Filter</title>
@@ -52,12 +47,12 @@
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="19">On the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Design Mode On/Off</emph> icon
<image id="img_id3147618" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_switchcontroldesignmode.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt>
- </image> to turn off the design mode.</paragraph>
+</image> to turn off the design mode.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">On the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Form-Based Filters</emph> icon
<image id="img_id3149807" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_formfilter.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt>
- </image>. The current document is displayed with its form controls as an empty edit mask. The <emph>Form Filter </emph>toolbar appears.</paragraph>
+</image>. The current document is displayed with its form controls as an empty edit mask. The <emph>Form Filter </emph>toolbar appears.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149666" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">Enter the filter conditions into one or several fields. Note that if you enter filter conditions into several fields, all of the entered conditions must match (Boolean AND).</paragraph>
@@ -70,10 +65,10 @@
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExit" id="bm_id3149959" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="10"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExit">If you click on the <emph>Close</emph> button on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.</ahelp></paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="11">Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp" name="Apply Filter"><emph>Apply Filter</emph></link> icon
<image id="img_id3144764" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_datafilterstandardfilter.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3144764" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt>
- </image> on the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar to change to the filtered view.</paragraph>
+</image> on the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar to change to the filtered view.</paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146898" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">The filter that has been set can be removed by clicking <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp" name="Remove Filter/Sort"><emph>Remove Filter/Sort</emph></link> icon
<image id="img_id3151318" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_removefiltersort.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151318" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt>
- </image>.</paragraph>
+</image>.</paragraph>
<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
<embed href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp#filternavigator"/>
<embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp
index 04534859e9..76a90c4267 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidedigitalsign_receivexhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Opening a Document Using WebDAV over HTTPS</title>
@@ -34,65 +29,55 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7430951"><bookmark_value>opening;documents on WebDAV server</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>WebDAV over HTTPS</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>digital signatures;WebDAV over HTTPS</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw added 3 index entries</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4989165" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="digitalsign_receive"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp">Opening a Document Using WebDAV over HTTPS</link>
+<comment>mw added 3 index entries</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4989165" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="digitalsign_receive"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp">Opening a Document Using WebDAV over HTTPS</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <comment>MW created this file by splitting shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1399578" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can open and save documents that are stored on a WebDAV server, using the secure HTTPS protocol.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id598162" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogs to use WebDAV over HTTPS.</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7309793" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> is enabled. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog box.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1227759" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7424237" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>File name</emph> box, enter the path to the WebDAV folder. For example, enter <item type="literal">https://192.168.1.1/webfolder</item> to open a secure connection to the WebDAV server at the IP address 192.168.1.1, and to list the contents of the <item type="literal">webfolder</item> folder.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1388592" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The first time you connect to a WebDAV server, you see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialog.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id343943" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You should click the <emph>Examine Certificate</emph> button and examine the certificate.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8726767" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you accept the certificate, choose "<emph>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</emph>" and click <emph>OK</emph>. Now you can open and save files from the WebDAV server without further questions, until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id691549" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you do not trust the certificate, click <emph>Cancel</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9909665" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you did accept the certificate, you can now select the file name or file names you want to open and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3236182" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name you entered in the file dialog, then you see a dialog that allows you to choose from any of the following options:</paragraph>
-
+<comment>MW created this file by splitting shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1399578" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can open and save documents that are stored on a WebDAV server, using the secure HTTPS protocol.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id598162" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogs to use WebDAV over HTTPS.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7309793" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> is enabled. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1227759" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7424237" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>File name</emph> box, enter the path to the WebDAV folder. For example, enter <item type="literal">https://192.168.1.1/webfolder</item> to open a secure connection to the WebDAV server at the IP address 192.168.1.1, and to list the contents of the <item type="literal">webfolder</item> folder.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1388592" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The first time you connect to a WebDAV server, you see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialog.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id343943" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You should click the <emph>Examine Certificate</emph> button and examine the certificate.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8726767" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you accept the certificate, choose "<emph>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</emph>" and click <emph>OK</emph>. Now you can open and save files from the WebDAV server without further questions, until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id691549" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you do not trust the certificate, click <emph>Cancel</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9909665" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you did accept the certificate, you can now select the file name or file names you want to open and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3236182" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name you entered in the file dialog, then you see a dialog that allows you to choose from any of the following options:</paragraph>
<!-- removed HID 1311773189 -->
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1251258" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1251258" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp></paragraph>
<!-- removed HID 1311773188 -->
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8111819" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Continue</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">If you are sure both domains are the same, click the Continue button.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9116794" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Cancel Connection</emph> - Cancels the connection.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4381847" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialog that asks you to enter your user name and password.</paragraph>
- <comment>user name</comment>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8111819" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Continue</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">If you are sure both domains are the same, click the Continue button.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9116794" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Cancel Connection</emph> - Cancels the connection.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4381847" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialog that asks you to enter your user name and password.</paragraph>
+<comment>user name</comment>
<!-- removed HID 1311344666 -->
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1336710" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your user name to log on to the WebDAV server.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <comment>password</comment>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1336710" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your user name to log on to the WebDAV server.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<comment>password</comment>
<!-- removed HID 1311344669 -->
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1221655" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your password.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <comment>remember password till end of session</comment>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1221655" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your password.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<comment>remember password till end of session</comment>
<!-- removed HID 1311343648 -->
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3397320" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password till end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3204443" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2182378" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About digital signatures</link></paragraph>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3397320" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password till end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3204443" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2182378" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About digital signatures</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp
index 2b4c673438..fdbde1cf36 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidedragdrop_galleryxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</title>
@@ -34,9 +29,6 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>drag and drop;to Gallery</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>copying;to Gallery</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>Gallery; adding pictures</bookmark_value>
@@ -44,42 +36,38 @@
<bookmark_value>inserting;pictures in Gallery</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>pasting;to Gallery</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154927" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="49"><variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp" name="Adding Graphics to the Gallery">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link>
+<comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154927" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="49"><variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp" name="Adding Graphics to the Gallery">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143267" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="50">You can place a graphic from a document such as an HTML page in the Gallery by drag-and-drop.</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154823" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Display the Gallery theme to which you want to add the graphic.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Position the mouse pointer above the graphic, without clicking.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">If the mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol, the graphic refers to a hyperlink. In this case, click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key to select it without executing the respective link.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="53">If the mouse pointer does not change to a hand symbol, you can simply click the graphic to select it.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145120" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="54">Once the graphic is selected, release the mouse button. Click again on the graphic image, keeping the mouse button pressed for more than two seconds. The graphic image is copied to the internal memory.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150772" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="55">Without releasing the mouse button, drag the graphic into the Gallery.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp#gallery_insert"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/>
-
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143267" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="50">You can place a graphic from a document such as an HTML page in the Gallery by drag-and-drop.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154823" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Display the Gallery theme to which you want to add the graphic.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Position the mouse pointer above the graphic, without clicking.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">If the mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol, the graphic refers to a hyperlink. In this case, click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key to select it without executing the respective link.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="53">If the mouse pointer does not change to a hand symbol, you can simply click the graphic to select it.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145120" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="54">Once the graphic is selected, release the mouse button. Click again on the graphic image, keeping the mouse button pressed for more than two seconds. The graphic image is copied to the internal memory.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150772" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="55">Without releasing the mouse button, drag the graphic into the Gallery.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp#gallery_insert"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/>
<switch select="appl">
-
<case select="WRITER">
- <embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/>
-
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/>
</case>
-
</switch>
- </body>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp
index bb9c882be2..568dbb5e49 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,25 +9,22 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguideedit_symbolbarxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
-<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Buttons to Toolbars </title>
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Buttons to Toolbars</title>
<filename>/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
@@ -53,13 +48,13 @@
<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147264" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="87">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click on the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154071" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="88">In the<emph> Toolbars </emph>box, select the toolbar you want to change.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154071" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="88">In the <emph>Toolbars</emph> box, select the toolbar you want to change.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148797" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="89">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph> , select the new command, then click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152922" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="90">If you want, you can rearrange the <emph>Commands </emph>list by selecting a command name and clicking <emph>Move Up</emph> and <emph>Move Down</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152922" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="90">If you want, you can rearrange the <emph>Commands</emph> list by selecting a command name and clicking <emph>Move Up</emph> and <emph>Move Down</emph>.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145171" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="91">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp
index 18c2f81088..8b7a29246c 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidegallery_insertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</title>
@@ -34,9 +29,6 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145136"><bookmark_value>Gallery; inserting pictures from</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>objects; inserting from Gallery</bookmark_value>
@@ -46,75 +38,73 @@
<bookmark_value>inserting;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>copying;from Gallery</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145136" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Objects From the Gallery">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link>
+<comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145136" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Objects From the Gallery">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145345" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can insert an object in a document either as a <emph>copy</emph> or as a <emph>link</emph>. A copy of an object is independent of the original object. Changes to the original object have no effect on the copy. A link remains dependent on the original object. Changes to the original object are also reflected in the link.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145313" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Inserting an object as a copy</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154306" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a theme.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154516" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select an object using a single click.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153561" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Drag the object into the document, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Copy</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153061" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Inserting an object as a link</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145068" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Select a theme.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150543" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154140" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Drag the object into the document while pressing the Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>keys, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156282" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Inserting an object as a background graphic</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152920" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Select a theme.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145607" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147289" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Open the context menu and choose <emph>Insert - Background - Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145787" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="18">Inserting an object as a texture (pattern) for another object</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152596" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Select a theme.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148617" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147443" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Drag the object on to the other object in the document while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145345" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can insert an object in a document either as a <emph>copy</emph> or as a <emph>link</emph>. A copy of an object is independent of the original object. Changes to the original object have no effect on the copy. A link remains dependent on the original object. Changes to the original object are also reflected in the link.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145313" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Inserting an object as a copy</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154306" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a theme.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154516" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select an object using a single click.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153561" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Drag the object into the document, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Copy</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153061" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Inserting an object as a link</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145068" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Select a theme.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150543" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154140" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Drag the object into the document while pressing the Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>keys, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156282" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Inserting an object as a background graphic</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152920" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Select a theme.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145607" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147289" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Open the context menu and choose <emph>Insert - Background - Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145787" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="18">Inserting an object as a texture (pattern) for another object</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152596" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Select a theme.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148617" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147443" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Drag the object on to the other object in the document while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp
index ba9a34deb5..bb01f3d340 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidehyperlink_editxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Editing Hyperlinks</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp
index e94d494ce0..7f7c4645c1 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidehyperlink_insertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Hyperlinks</title>
@@ -47,7 +42,7 @@
<emph>Bar</emph> by choosing <emph>View - Toolbars - Hyperlink Bar</emph>. Type the visible text in the left field and the full URL in the right field, including http:// or file://.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink. Click the<emph> Hyperlink</emph> icon on the <emph>Hyperlink</emph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink. Click the <emph>Hyperlink</emph> icon on the <emph>Hyperlink</emph>
<emph>Bar</emph>. The hyperlink is inserted as text.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -59,7 +54,7 @@
<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E">
<image id="img_id3149763" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
+</image></paragraph>
</tablecell>
<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151385" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="30">To use the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link> instead of the <emph>Hyperlink</emph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp
index a17f3ac953..289de510d4 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidehyperlink_rel_absxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Relative and Absolute Links</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp
index 3633cb836b..1961d63888 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguideinsert_specialcharxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Special Characters</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/mobiledevicefilters.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/mobiledevicefilters.xhp
index 35243f0225..477d10aafa 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/mobiledevicefilters.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/mobiledevicefilters.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,25 +9,22 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidemobiledevicefiltersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
-<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mobile Device Filters for Pocket Device Appliances </title>
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mobile Device Filters for Pocket Device Appliances</title>
<filename>/text/shared/guide/mobiledevicefilters.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
@@ -124,7 +119,7 @@
<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159155" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Select <emph>Pocket Word Document - Pocket PC</emph> and click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">In the drop down list of available conversions, select <emph>$[officename] Writer </emph>and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">In the drop down list of available conversions, select <emph>$[officename] Writer</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149958" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Repeat steps 4 and 5 for <emph>Pocket Excel Workbook</emph> selecting <emph>$[officename] Calc</emph>.</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp
index a895f69e46..dc4f61c485 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguideredlining_protectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Protecting Records</title>
@@ -34,32 +29,29 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"><bookmark_value>changes; protecting</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>protecting; recorded changes</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>records; protecting</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>review function;protecting records</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw added an index entry</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159201" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="redlining_protect"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp" name="Protecting Records">Protecting Records</link>
+<comment>mw added an index entry</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159201" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="redlining_protect"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp" name="Protecting Records">Protecting Records</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1631824" role="note" l10n="NEW">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154751" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To protect the changes made in a document during editing, choose <emph>Edit - Changes - Protect Records</emph>. To turn off the function or to accept or reject changes it is necessary to enter the correct password first.</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147088" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Protect Records</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp" name="Password"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Enter a password consisting of at least 5 characters and confirm it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1631824" role="note" l10n="NEW">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154751" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To protect the changes made in a document during editing, choose <emph>Edit - Changes - Protect Records</emph>. To turn off the function or to accept or reject changes it is necessary to enter the correct password first.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147088" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Protect Records</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp" name="Password"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Enter a password consisting of at least 5 characters and confirm it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp
index 7aeb1c3d09..61cb84d037 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguideredlining_versionsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Version Management</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp
index 433bf3f874..c738379a11 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidestandard_templatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing Default Templates</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp
index 58bf5c5a1a..13b0359756 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidexformsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">XML Form Documents (XForms)</title>
@@ -34,11 +29,7 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
- <section id="xforms">
-
-
+<section id="xforms">
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5215613"><bookmark_value>web documents;XForms</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>forms;XForms</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>XML Forms, see XForms</bookmark_value>
@@ -46,58 +37,57 @@
<bookmark_value>editing;XForms</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>opening;XForms</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>MW made a cross-reference of "XML Forms" and made a two level entry of "XForms"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E5" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp">XML Form Documents (XForms)</link></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">XForms are a new type of web form that was developed by the World Wide Web Consortium. The XForm model is defined in Extensible Markup Language (XML). The model uses separate sections to describe what a form does and what a form looks like. You can view the specification for XForms at: <link href="http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/">http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/</link>.</paragraph>
-
- </section>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10746" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Working with XForms</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, an XForms document is a special type of Writer document. The Design Mode for an XForm document has additional toolbars and panes. </paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">After you create and save an XForms document, you can open the document, fill out the form, and submit the changes to a server.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10774" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><comment>What's the role of UBL?</comment><comment>We do not officially support exporting to XHTML - but should be possible using XSLT</comment></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10706" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create a New XForms Document</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - New - XML Form Document</emph>.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10714" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The XForms design window opens in an empty Writer document.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10718" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Design your form.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Insert a control, select the default model in the property browser, and enter a binding statement.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10722" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the data navigator, add an element to the instance.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10726" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Load a new instance from an XML file and add controls to the relevant XML elements or attributes.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10729" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Open an XForms Document</paragraph>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10730" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the XForms document. An XForm document has the same extension as a Writer text document (*.odt).</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Edit an XForms Document</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open the XForms document and use the following toolbars and windows:</paragraph>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10741" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><link href="text/shared/main0226.xhp">Form Design toolbar</link></paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10757" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls toolbar</link></paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp">Data Navigator</link></paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link></paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10848" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><comment>UFI: currently only StarOffice can render and evaluate our XForms docs. Mozilla has announced a planned support recently. There may be plugins for other browsers. Should we tell the user?</comment></paragraph>
- </body>
+<comment>MW made a cross-reference of "XML Forms" and made a two level entry of "XForms"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E5" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp">XML Form Documents (XForms)</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">XForms are a new type of web form that was developed by the World Wide Web Consortium. The XForm model is defined in Extensible Markup Language (XML). The model uses separate sections to describe what a form does and what a form looks like. You can view the specification for XForms at: <link href="http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/">http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/</link>.</paragraph>
+</section>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10746" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Working with XForms</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, an XForms document is a special type of Writer document. The Design Mode for an XForm document has additional toolbars and panes. </paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">After you create and save an XForms document, you can open the document, fill out the form, and submit the changes to a server.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10774" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><comment>What's the role of UBL?</comment><comment>We do not officially support exporting to XHTML - but should be possible using XSLT</comment></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10706" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create a New XForms Document</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - New - XML Form Document</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10714" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The XForms design window opens in an empty Writer document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10718" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Design your form.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Insert a control, select the default model in the property browser, and enter a binding statement.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10722" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the data navigator, add an element to the instance.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10726" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Load a new instance from an XML file and add controls to the relevant XML elements or attributes.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10729" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Open an XForms Document</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10730" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the XForms document. An XForm document has the same extension as a Writer text document (*.odt).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Edit an XForms Document</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open the XForms document and use the following toolbars and windows:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10741" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><link href="text/shared/main0226.xhp">Form Design toolbar</link></paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10757" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls toolbar</link></paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp">Data Navigator</link></paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link></paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10848" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><comment>UFI: currently only StarOffice can render and evaluate our XForms docs. Mozilla has announced a planned support recently. There may be plugins for other browsers. Should we tell the user?</comment></paragraph>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp
index 0607b4f445..af21c37885 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,60 +9,52 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidexsltfilterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
-<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Working With %PRODUCTNAME XML Filters </title>
+<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Working With %PRODUCTNAME XML Filters</title>
<filename>/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7007583"><bookmark_value>saving;to XML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loading;XML files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>importing;from XML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exporting;to XML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>file filters;XML</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>XSLT filters, see also XML filters</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw moved 2 index entries to the new file xsltfilter_distribute.xhp and 2 entries to new file xsltfilter_create.xhp</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10923" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link>
+<comment>mw moved 2 index entries to the new file xsltfilter_distribute.xhp and 2 entries to new file xsltfilter_create.xhp</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10923" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10927" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">%PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customized filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093A" role="note" l10n="NEW">To create an XML filter, you must have a good understanding of XML and XSLT concepts. These concepts are beyond the scope of this help.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">An XML filter contains <emph>stylesheets</emph> that are written in the XSLT language. The stylesheets define the transformation from the OpenDocument file format to another XML format through export and import filters. There are three types of XML filters:</paragraph>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10947" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Import Filters</emph> load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10960" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Export Filters</emph> transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp">Export dialog</link>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10979" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link> and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">File Save As dialog</link>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B39" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://www.w3.org/Style/XSL/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible <emph>Stylesheet</emph> Language (XSL)</link></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible Markup Language (XML)</link></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D97" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/> </paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5569017" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6426892" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating and Testing XML filters</link></paragraph>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10927" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">%PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customized filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093A" role="note" l10n="NEW">To create an XML filter, you must have a good understanding of XML and XSLT concepts. These concepts are beyond the scope of this help.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">An XML filter contains <emph>stylesheets</emph> that are written in the XSLT language. The stylesheets define the transformation from the OpenDocument file format to another XML format through export and import filters. There are three types of XML filters:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10947" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Import Filters</emph> load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10960" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Export Filters</emph> transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp">Export dialog</link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10979" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link> and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">File Save As dialog</link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B39" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://www.w3.org/Style/XSL/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible <emph>Stylesheet</emph> Language (XSL)</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible Markup Language (XML)</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D97" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/> </paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5569017" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6426892" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating and Testing XML filters</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp
index 2e891f9175..cf74b95494 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,146 +9,138 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidexsltfilter_createxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
-<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating XML Filters </title>
+<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating XML Filters</title>
<filename>/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7007583"><bookmark_value>testing XML filters</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>XML filters;creating/testing</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw moved 2 index entries from xsltfilter.xhp, then changed "XML filters;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1413922" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating XML Filters</link>
+<comment>mw moved 2 index entries from xsltfilter.xhp, then changed "XML filters;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1413922" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating XML Filters</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053D" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating an XML Filter for %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109A9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you create an XML filter for %PRODUCTNAME, you need to design an <emph>XSLT stylesheet</emph> that can convert to and from the OpenDocument XML file format.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109B0" role="tip" l10n="NEW">For more information about the OpenDocument XML format, go to <link href="https://xml.openoffice.org/">https://xml.openoffice.org/</link>.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109C5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want, you can include a <emph>template</emph> with your filter to apply %PRODUCTNAME styles to an XML document that you import.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109CC" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">You can also include the <emph>Document Type Definition</emph> (DTD) for the external XML format so you can validate the XML format, for example, when you test the filter.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10531" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create an XML Filter</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create an XSLT transformation <emph>stylesheet</emph> that maps the elements of the external XML format to the elements of the OpenDocument XML file format and back again.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E8" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create a template that assigns %PRODUCTNAME styles to elements in the external XML format when you import a file in this format into %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109EC" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME Writer, create a text document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109F4" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109FC" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialog, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A03" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Filter Name</emph> box, enter a name for the XML filter.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10CA1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A09" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Application</emph> box, select the %PRODUCTNAME application that the filter is for.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A0F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Name of File Type</emph> box, enter the file type that the filter is for.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10CC6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogs.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A15" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>File extension</emph> box, enter the extension for the exported file.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A1B" role="note" l10n="NEW">To differentiate the file from other XML files, enter an extension other than *.xml.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <list type="ordered" startwith="6">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A1F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">On the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page, define the transformation properties for the filter.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A26" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">(Optional) In the <emph>DocType</emph> box, enter the document type identifier for the external file format.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D0E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This identifier is used to detect the file type on import.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A2C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">(Optional) In the <emph>DTD</emph> box, enter the path and file name of the DTD for the external file format.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D1F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This DTD is used to validate the files on export.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A32" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XSLT for export</emph> box, enter the path and file name of the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from OpenDocument format to the external format.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A38" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XSLT for import</emph> box, enter the path and file name to the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from the external format to OpenDocument format.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A3E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">(Optional) In the <emph>Template for import</emph> box, enter the path and name of the template that defines the %PRODUCTNAME styles that are used in the imported file.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A44" role="note" l10n="NEW">The files that are specified on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page are copied to the local %PRODUCTNAME users directory.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <list type="ordered" startwith="7">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A4C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A56" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Test an XML Filter</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A5A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can perform basic tests on a custom XML filter in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A91" role="note" l10n="NEW">The document is not altered by these tests. </paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A60" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create or open a text document.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A67" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A6F" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">In the list of filters, select the filter that you want to test, and click <emph>Test XSLTs</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A82" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test an <emph>Export</emph> Filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialog:</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DEB" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Browse</emph>, select the %PRODUCTNAME document that you want to test, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DF7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test the current document, click <emph>Current Document</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <list type="ordered" startwith="5">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A99" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test an <emph>Import</emph> Filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialog, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10E32" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To validate the transformed file against the specified DTD, click <emph>Validate</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8579668" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5569017" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053D" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating an XML Filter for %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109A9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you create an XML filter for %PRODUCTNAME, you need to design an <emph>XSLT stylesheet</emph> that can convert to and from the OpenDocument XML file format.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109B0" role="tip" l10n="NEW">For more information about the OpenDocument XML format, go to <link href="https://xml.openoffice.org/">https://xml.openoffice.org/</link>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109C5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want, you can include a <emph>template</emph> with your filter to apply %PRODUCTNAME styles to an XML document that you import.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109CC" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">You can also include the <emph>Document Type Definition</emph> (DTD) for the external XML format so you can validate the XML format, for example, when you test the filter.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10531" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create an XML Filter</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create an XSLT transformation <emph>stylesheet</emph> that maps the elements of the external XML format to the elements of the OpenDocument XML file format and back again.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E8" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create a template that assigns %PRODUCTNAME styles to elements in the external XML format when you import a file in this format into %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109EC" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME Writer, create a text document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109F4" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109FC" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialog, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A03" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Filter Name</emph> box, enter a name for the XML filter.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10CA1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A09" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Application</emph> box, select the %PRODUCTNAME application that the filter is for.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A0F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Name of File Type</emph> box, enter the file type that the filter is for.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10CC6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogs.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A15" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>File extension</emph> box, enter the extension for the exported file.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A1B" role="note" l10n="NEW">To differentiate the file from other XML files, enter an extension other than *.xml.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="6">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A1F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">On the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page, define the transformation properties for the filter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A26" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">(Optional) In the <emph>DocType</emph> box, enter the document type identifier for the external file format.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D0E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This identifier is used to detect the file type on import.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A2C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">(Optional) In the <emph>DTD</emph> box, enter the path and file name of the DTD for the external file format.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D1F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This DTD is used to validate the files on export.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A32" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XSLT for export</emph> box, enter the path and file name of the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from OpenDocument format to the external format.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A38" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XSLT for import</emph> box, enter the path and file name to the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from the external format to OpenDocument format.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A3E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">(Optional) In the <emph>Template for import</emph> box, enter the path and name of the template that defines the %PRODUCTNAME styles that are used in the imported file.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A44" role="note" l10n="NEW">The files that are specified on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page are copied to the local %PRODUCTNAME users directory.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="7">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A4C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A56" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Test an XML Filter</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A5A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can perform basic tests on a custom XML filter in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A91" role="note" l10n="NEW">The document is not altered by these tests. </paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A60" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create or open a text document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A67" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A6F" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">In the list of filters, select the filter that you want to test, and click <emph>Test XSLTs</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A82" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test an <emph>Export</emph> Filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialog:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DEB" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Browse</emph>, select the %PRODUCTNAME document that you want to test, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DF7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test the current document, click <emph>Current Document</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="5">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A99" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test an <emph>Import</emph> Filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialog, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10E32" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To validate the transformed file against the specified DTD, click <emph>Validate</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8579668" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5569017" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp
index 4683881f4a..c76dab1ada 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,74 +9,66 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedguidexsltfilter_distributexhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
-<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Distributing an XML filter as package </title>
+<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Distributing an XML filter as package</title>
<filename>/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7007583"><bookmark_value>distributing XML filters</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>deleting;XML filters</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>XML filters;saving as package/installing/deleting</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>installing;XML filters</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw moved 2 index entries from xsltfilter.xhp and added 2 entries</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ABC" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing An XML Filter As Package</link>
+<comment>mw moved 2 index entries from xsltfilter.xhp and added 2 entries</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ABC" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing An XML Filter As Package</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can distribute an XML filter to multiple users using a special package format.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC3" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Save an XML Filter as a Package</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACD" role="note" l10n="NEW">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is open.</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AD9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the filter that you want to distribute and click <emph>Save As Package</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE0" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Install an XML Filter from a Package</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEA" role="note" l10n="NEW">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is opened.</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AF6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Open Package</emph> and select the package file with the filter you want to install.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10535" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Delete an Installed XML Filter</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B19" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the filter you want to delete and click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6011841" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can distribute an XML filter to multiple users using a special package format.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC3" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Save an XML Filter as a Package</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACD" role="note" l10n="NEW">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is open.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AD9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the filter that you want to distribute and click <emph>Save As Package</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE0" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Install an XML Filter from a Package</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEA" role="note" l10n="NEW">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is opened.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AF6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Open Package</emph> and select the package file with the filter you want to install.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10535" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Delete an Installed XML Filter</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B19" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the filter you want to delete and click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6011841" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp
index 93c6a093ca..c14458d508 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedmain0650xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Java Platform Support</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp
index 921c14b9d5..20f1a3da38 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedoptionen01060300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">General</title>
@@ -49,7 +44,7 @@
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Defines general settings for spreadsheet documents.</paragraph>
</section>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#tabelleeingabe"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#tabelleeingabe"/>
</section>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="24">Metrics</paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sc:ListBox:RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT:LB_UNIT" id="bm_id3147210" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="20">Measurement unit</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp
index c681fd11c1..9469799f36 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedoptionenmacrosecurityxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Macro Security</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp
index eb60b4b7d2..12826ee78d 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedoptionenmacrosecurity_slxhp" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Security Level</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp
index 11f1b1c10c..a40e6f2ea6 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsharedoptionenmacrosecurity_tsxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Trusted Sources</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptionseffect.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptionseffect.xhp
index 48761ac4ea..7e8acd3c3e 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptionseffect.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptionseffect.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsimpress01effectoptionseffectxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Effect</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptionstiming.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptionstiming.xhp
index ce7d05e081..e2e4b1a317 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptionstiming.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptionstiming.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsimpress01effectoptionstimingxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Timing</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp
index 951c4ae203..aef029b7e4 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsimpressguidefooterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding a Header or a Footer to All Slides</title>
@@ -34,9 +29,6 @@
</topic>
</meta>
<body>
-
-
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153191"><bookmark_value>footers;slide masters</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>slide masters; headers and footers</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>headers and footers; slide masters</bookmark_value>
@@ -46,74 +38,72 @@
<bookmark_value>date on all slides</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>time and date on all slides</bookmark_value>
</bookmark>
- <comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153191" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="footer"><link href="text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp" name="Adding a Header or a Footer to All Slides">Adding a Header or a Footer to All Slides</link>
+<comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153191" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="footer"><link href="text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp" name="Adding a Header or a Footer to All Slides">Adding a Header or a Footer to All Slides</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1356547" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Every slide is based on a slide master. The text, pictures, tables, fields or other objects that you place on the slide master are visible as a background on all slides that are based on that slide master.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id704672" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Masters exist for slides, notes, and handouts. </paragraph>
- <list type="unordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8403576" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To edit a slide master, choose <emph>View - Master - Slide Master</emph>. Click the Close Master View icon on the Master View toolbar, or choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>, to leave the slide master.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5641651" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To edit a notes master, choose <emph>View - Master - Notes Master</emph>. Click the Close Master View icon on the Master View toolbar, or choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>, to leave the notes master.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1583300" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To edit a handout master, click the Handout tab above the slide. Click the Normal tab to leave the handout master.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7251808" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Adding predefined header or footer objects</paragraph>
- <comment>see i53011</comment>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5015411" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Every type of master has some predefined areas to hold the date, footer, and slide numbers. </paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8217413" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you switch to the master view, you can move that areas to any position on the master. You can enter additional text and resize the areas. You can select the contents of the areas and apply text formats. For example, you can change the font size or color.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7549668" role="tip" l10n="NEW">A predefined Header Area is available only for notes and handouts. If you want a header on all slides, you can move the Footer Area on the slide master to the top.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1829889" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Objects that you insert on a slide master are visible on all slides that are based on that slide master.</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8843043" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Header and Footer</emph>.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1876583" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see a dialog with two tab pages: <emph>Slide</emph> and <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> where you can enter contents to the predefined areas. </paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4101077" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">By default, the <emph>Date and Time</emph> checkbox is enabled, but the format is set to Fixed and the text input box is empty, so no date and time is visible on the slides.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id204779" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">By default, the <emph>Footer</emph> checkbox is enabled, but the text input box is empty, so no footer is visible on the slides.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1453901" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">By default, the <emph>Slide number</emph> checkbox is cleared, so no slide numbers are visible.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1445966" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Enter or select the contents that should be visible on all slides.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1956236" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want to change the position and formatting of the master objects, choose <emph>View - Master - Slide Master</emph>.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5259559" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see the slide master with areas near the bottom. You can move the areas , and you can select the fields and apply some formatting. You can also enter some text here which will be shown next to the fields.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2521439" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the Date Area and move the time and date field. Select the <date/time> field and apply some formatting to change the format for the date and time on all slides. The same applies to the Footer Area and the Slide Number Area.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4712057" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Adding text objects as header or footer objects</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155064" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">You can add a text object anywhere on the slide master.</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148866" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">Choose <emph>View - Master - Slide Master</emph>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147295" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">On the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, select the <emph>Text</emph> icon
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1356547" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Every slide is based on a slide master. The text, pictures, tables, fields or other objects that you place on the slide master are visible as a background on all slides that are based on that slide master.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id704672" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Masters exist for slides, notes, and handouts. </paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8403576" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To edit a slide master, choose <emph>View - Master - Slide Master</emph>. Click the Close Master View icon on the Master View toolbar, or choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>, to leave the slide master.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5641651" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To edit a notes master, choose <emph>View - Master - Notes Master</emph>. Click the Close Master View icon on the Master View toolbar, or choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>, to leave the notes master.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1583300" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To edit a handout master, click the Handout tab above the slide. Click the Normal tab to leave the handout master.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7251808" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Adding predefined header or footer objects</paragraph>
+<comment>see i53011</comment>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5015411" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Every type of master has some predefined areas to hold the date, footer, and slide numbers.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8217413" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you switch to the master view, you can move that areas to any position on the master. You can enter additional text and resize the areas. You can select the contents of the areas and apply text formats. For example, you can change the font size or color.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7549668" role="tip" l10n="NEW">A predefined Header Area is available only for notes and handouts. If you want a header on all slides, you can move the Footer Area on the slide master to the top.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1829889" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Objects that you insert on a slide master are visible on all slides that are based on that slide master.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8843043" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Header and Footer</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1876583" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see a dialog with two tab pages: <emph>Slide</emph> and <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> where you can enter contents to the predefined areas. </paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4101077" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">By default, the <emph>Date and Time</emph> checkbox is enabled, but the format is set to Fixed and the text input box is empty, so no date and time is visible on the slides.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id204779" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">By default, the <emph>Footer</emph> checkbox is enabled, but the text input box is empty, so no footer is visible on the slides.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1453901" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">By default, the <emph>Slide number</emph> checkbox is cleared, so no slide numbers are visible.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1445966" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Enter or select the contents that should be visible on all slides.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1956236" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want to change the position and formatting of the master objects, choose <emph>View - Master - Slide Master</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5259559" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see the slide master with areas near the bottom. You can move the areas , and you can select the fields and apply some formatting. You can also enter some text here which will be shown next to the fields.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2521439" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the Date Area and move the time and date field. Select the <date/time> field and apply some formatting to change the format for the date and time on all slides. The same applies to the Footer Area and the Slide Number Area.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4712057" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Adding text objects as header or footer objects</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155064" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">You can add a text object anywhere on the slide master.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148866" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">Choose <emph>View - Master - Slide Master</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147295" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">On the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, select the <emph>Text</emph> icon
<image id="img_id3154654" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_texttoolbox.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154654">Icon</alt>
- </image>.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149947" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="10">Drag in the slide master to draw a text object, and then type or paste your text.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155441" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">Choose <emph>View - Normal</emph> when you are finished.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150476" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="17">You can also add fields, such as the date or page number, to a header or footer by choosing <emph>Insert - Fields</emph>.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156320" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">You can hide the header or footer on the current slide by choosing <emph>Format</emph> - <link href="text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp" name="Modify Layout">Slide<emph> Layout</emph></link>, and clearing the <emph>Objects on background</emph> check box.</paragraph>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
-
- <embed href="text/simpress/guide/background.xhp#background"/>
- <embed href="text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp#masterpage"/>
- <embed href="text/simpress/guide/layers.xhp#layers"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155848" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="21"><link href="text/simpress/01/04990000.xhp" name="Insert Fields">Insert Fields</link></paragraph>
-
- </section>
- </body>
+</image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149947" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="10">Drag in the slide master to draw a text object, and then type or paste your text.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155441" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">Choose <emph>View - Normal</emph> when you are finished.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150476" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="17">You can also add fields, such as the date or page number, to a header or footer by choosing <emph>Insert - Fields</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156320" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">You can hide the header or footer on the current slide by choosing <emph>Format</emph> - <link href="text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp" name="Modify Layout">Slide<emph> Layout</emph></link>, and clearing the <emph>Objects on background</emph> check box.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/simpress/guide/background.xhp#background"/>
+<embed href="text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp#masterpage"/>
+<embed href="text/simpress/guide/layers.xhp#layers"/>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155848" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="21"><link href="text/simpress/01/04990000.xhp" name="Insert Fields">Insert Fields</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp
index 2373f21ed4..882a071fd5 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsimpressguideline_editxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Editing Curves</title>
@@ -50,7 +45,7 @@
<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153711" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E">
<image id="img_id3149018" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149018" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
+</image></paragraph>
</tablecell>
<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155959" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="54">To view the data points and control points of a curved line, select the line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the Drawing bar. The data points are represented by squares and the control points by circles. A control point might overlay a data point.</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp
index 604b7b12c1..50cb0ff6f7 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,25 +9,22 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsimpressguidemasterpagexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
-<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Applying a Slide Design to a Slide Master </title>
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Applying a Slide Design to a Slide Master</title>
<filename>/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp
index abafc68b41..c4e7ee5b7a 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsimpressguiderehearse_timingsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Rehearse Timings of Slide Changes</title>
@@ -42,7 +37,7 @@
</bookmark>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145253" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="17"><variable id="rehearse_timings"><link href="text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp" name="Rehearse Timings of Slide Changes">Rehearse Timings of Slide Changes</link>
</variable></paragraph>
-<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155446" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">$[officename] assists you in defining the right rehearse timings for automatic slide changes. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155446" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">$[officename] assists you in defining the right rehearse timings for automatic slide changes.</paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153963" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Prepare the slides, start the show using a special icon, tell your imaginary audience what you want to tell for the first slide, then advance to the next slide and so on. $[officename] records the display time for each slide, so the next time you play the show with automatic slide changes, the timing will be as recorded.</paragraph>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146317" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="2">To record a show with rehearse timings</paragraph>
<list type="ordered">
@@ -52,7 +47,7 @@
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150651" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">Start the show with the <emph>Rehearse Timings</emph> icon
<image id="img_id3156396" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_rehearsetimings.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3156396" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt>
- </image> in the Slide View bar. You see the first slide, and a timer in the bottom corner.</paragraph>
+</image> in the Slide View bar. You see the first slide, and a timer in the bottom corner.</paragraph>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145590" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">When it's time to advance to the next slide, click the timer. To keep the default setting for this slide, click the slide, but not the timer. Continue for all slides in your presentation.</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp
index 2888a249ce..64118bfc08 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsimpressmain0114xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Slide Show</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp
index b11c897eb6..091ffdf042 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
<!--***********************************************************
*
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
@@ -19,34 +20,34 @@
* under the License.
*
***********************************************************-->
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
- <meta>
- <topic id="sdextPresentationMinimizerStep1xhp" indexer="include">
- <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Presentation Minimizer - Introduction</title>
- <filename>/text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp</filename>
- </topic>
- </meta>
- <body>
- <section id="step1">
- <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1" id="bm_id77665503" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id77665500" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp" name="Presentation Minimizer - Introduction">Presentation Minimizer - Introduction</link></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id77665500" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="hid/sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1">In this step you can select the settings of the wizard that you have stored previously.</ahelp></paragraph>
- </section>
- <section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/simpress/minimizer/shared.xhp#step1"/>
- </section>
- <!-- 1 Step Introduction -->
- <!-- 1 Step Settigs listbox -->
- <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1:LBSettings" id="bm_id77665504" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id77665501" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Choose settings for Presentation Minimizer</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id77665503a" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1:LBSettings">This list box contains a list of all available wizard settings. Choose one to apply the settings to the wizard options.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <!-- 1 Step Delete push button -->
- <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1:PBDelSetts" id="bm_id77665505" localize="false"/>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id77665502" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Delete</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id77665503b" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1:PBDelSetts">Delete the wizard settings currently selected on the list box.</ahelp></paragraph>
- <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153087" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">
- <link href="text/simpress/minimizer/step2.xhp" name="Go to Presentation Minimizer - Slides">Go to Presentation Minimizer - Slides</link>
- </paragraph>
- </body>
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="sdextPresentationMinimizerStep1xhp" indexer="include">
+<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Presentation Minimizer - Introduction</title>
+<filename>/text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+</meta>
+<body>
+<section id="step1">
+<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1" id="bm_id77665503" localize="false"/>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id77665500" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/simpress/minimizer/step1.xhp" name="Presentation Minimizer - Introduction">Presentation Minimizer - Introduction</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id77665500" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="hid/sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1">In this step you can select the settings of the wizard that you have stored previously.</ahelp></paragraph>
+</section>
+<section id="howtoget">
+<embed href="text/simpress/minimizer/shared.xhp#step1"/>
+</section>
+<!-- 1 Step Introduction -->
+<!-- 1 Step Settings listbox -->
+<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1:LBSettings" id="bm_id77665504" localize="false"/>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id77665501" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Choose settings for Presentation Minimizer</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id77665503a" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1:LBSettings">This list box contains a list of all available wizard settings. Choose one to apply the settings to the wizard options.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<!-- 1 Step Delete push button -->
+<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1:PBDelSetts" id="bm_id77665505" localize="false"/>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id77665502" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Delete</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id77665503b" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="sdext:Minimizer:Wizard:Step1:PBDelSetts">Delete the wizard settings currently selected on the list box.</ahelp></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153087" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">
+<link href="text/simpress/minimizer/step2.xhp" name="Go to Presentation Minimizer - Slides">Go to Presentation Minimizer - Slides</link>
+</paragraph>
+</body>
</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp
index 674647ce40..646b048415 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textsmathguidetextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entering Text</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp
index 8f12288c6a..39d36c5b94 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriter0105130100xml" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Condition</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp
index 08db0a8ae1..a66177aa49 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriter0106090000xml" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Convert Text to Table</title>
@@ -65,11 +62,9 @@
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sw:CheckBox:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_KEEPCOLUMN" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">Equal width for all columns</paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154278" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19"><ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_KEEPCOLUMN">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sw:PushButton:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:BT_AUTOFORMAT" id="bm_id3152939" localize="false"/>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">AutoFormat</paragraph>
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31542781" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></paragraph>
-
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="22">Options</paragraph>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sw:CheckBox:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_HEADER" id="bm_id3153528" localize="false"/>
<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="23">Heading</paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp
index a4c4ec6c7e..5713701ac3 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge00xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard</title>
@@ -43,7 +38,7 @@
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.</ahelp></paragraph>
</section>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#mmwizard"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#mmwizard"/>
</section>
<embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters_main"/>
<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#startingdocument"/>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp
index ea5ad5d6d4..879dafa2ff 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge02xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp
index 2911dc7141..8bfc110862 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriter01mm_seltabxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Select Table</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp
index 6a2c1b73e4..c13946e7cd 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriter01selection_modexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selection Mode</title>
@@ -39,7 +34,7 @@
<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2962126" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp></paragraph>
</section>
<section id="howtoget">
- <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#selection_mode"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#selection_mode"/>
</section>
<!-- removed HID insert_normalid --><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9816278" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.</ahelp></paragraph>
<!-- removed HID insert_id --><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3097323" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.</ahelp></paragraph>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
index 6b9a905781..0b175fc9bf 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -11,22 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
- <helpdocument version="1.0">
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_tab_innumberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp
index 7d1b1e8508..7dcd25b4f4 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,21 +9,19 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriterguidemainxml" indexer="include">
<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</title>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp
index c643e3912b..1cd8074f3a 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<helpdocument version="1.0">
-
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -10,28 +9,26 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
- <topic id="textswriterguiderulerxhp" indexer="include">
- <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Rulers</title>
- <filename>/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp</filename>
- </topic>
- </meta>
- <body>
+<topic id="textswriterguiderulerxhp" indexer="include">
+<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Rulers</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+</meta>
+<body>
<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8186284"><bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value>
<bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value>
@@ -44,24 +41,24 @@
</bookmark><comment>mw made "indent settings..." a two level entry and cut "changing;indents"</comment>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065F" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="ruler"><link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">Using Rulers</link>
</variable></paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - View"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in t [...]
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="20">Adjusting Page Margins</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155175" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149038" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="22">Changing Indents</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler.</paragraph>
- <list type="ordered">
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152776" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. </paragraph>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145769" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location.</paragraph>
- </listitem>
- </list>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149164" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph>
- <section id="relatedtopics">
- <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp#tabs"/>
- <embed href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp#measurement_units"/>
- </section>
- </body>
-</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - View"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <em [...]
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="20">Adjusting Page Margins</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155175" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers.</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149038" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="22">Changing Indents</paragraph>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152776" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145769" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149164" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp#tabs"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp#measurement_units"/>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp
index d6be563455..6007efd981 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><helpdocument version="1.0">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
<!--***********************************************************
- *
+ *
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
* distributed with this work for additional information
@@ -8,23 +9,22 @@
* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
+ *
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
+ *
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
* specific language governing permissions and limitations
* under the License.
- *
+ *
***********************************************************-->
-
-
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
<meta>
<topic id="textswriterguidetable_sizingxml" indexer="include">
-<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table </title>
+<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</title>
<filename>text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp</filename>
</topic>
</meta>
@@ -51,14 +51,13 @@
<tablecell>
<paragraph id="par_id3149615" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">
<image id="img_id3149622" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_optimizetable.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149622">Icon</alt>
- </image></paragraph>
+</image></paragraph>
</tablecell>
<tablecell>
<paragraph id="par_id3146497" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type="menuitem">Optimize</item> toolbar on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar.</paragraph>
</tablecell>
</tablerow>
</table>
-
<paragraph id="hd_id3145109" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Changing the Width of Columns and Cells</paragraph>
<paragraph id="hd_id3149574" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To Change the Width of a Column</paragraph>
<paragraph id="par_id3149587" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
@@ -102,4 +101,4 @@
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph>
<paragraph id="par_id4190496" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/>
</body>
-</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file
+</helpdocument>
(openoffice) 01/02: Small changes for cherry-pick
Posted by ms...@apache.org.
This is an automated email from the ASF dual-hosted git repository.
mseidel pushed a commit to branch AOO42X
in repository https://gitbox.apache.org/repos/asf/openoffice.git
commit 55a0447bf8f7699d88a9f7c273db3aa4bc39440f
Author: mseidel <ms...@apache.org>
AuthorDate: Mon Dec 25 22:06:14 2023 +0100
Small changes for cherry-pick
---
main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp | 2 +-
main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp | 2 +-
2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp
index 57fba7662f..145f541d5c 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01/04060105.xhp
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150468K" role="code" l10n="U">XOR(Value1; Value2 ...Value30)</paragraph>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155819K" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="24">
-<emph>Value1; Value2 ...Value30</emph> are added modulo 2. TRUE is returned if the result of this addition is 1;
+<emph>Value1; Value2 ... Value30</emph> are added modulo 2. TRUE is returned if the result of this addition is 1;
FALSE is returned if the result of this addition is 0.<comment>UFI: first try to fix bugtraq 4905779</comment></paragraph>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153228K" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U">Examples:</paragraph>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155371K" role="paragraph" l10n="U">
diff --git a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp
index 5de126c505..c272fa1895 100644
--- a/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp
+++ b/main/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
oldref="37"><variable id="spellcheck_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp" name="Checking Spelling and Grammar">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link>
</variable></paragraph>
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149814" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document.</paragraph>
- <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0525200902184476" role="note" l10n="NEW">To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="https://extensions.openoffice.org/dictionary">extensions web page</lin [...]
+ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0525200902184476" role="note" l10n="NEW">To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="https://extensions.openoffice.org/dictionary">extensions</link> web pa [...]
<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149828" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10">The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.</paragraph>
<list type="ordered">
<listitem>